Table Of Contents
TL1 Command Descriptions
3.1 TL1 Commands by Card and Category
3.2 TL1 Commands
3.2.1 ACT-USER
3.2.2 ALW-MSG-ALL
3.2.3 ALW-MSG-DBCHG
3.2.4 ALW-MSG-SECU
3.2.5 ALW-PMREPT-ALL
3.2.6 ALW-SWDX-EQPT
3.2.7 ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
3.2.8 ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
3.2.9 ALW-USER-SECU
3.2.10 APPLY
3.2.11 CANC
3.2.12 CANC-USER
3.2.13 CANC-USER-SECU
3.2.14 CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
3.2.15 CLR-COND-SECU
3.2.16 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
3.2.17 COPY-IOSCFG
3.2.18 COPY-RFILE
3.2.19 DISC-TACC
3.2.20 DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
3.2.21 DLT-<MOD_RING>
3.2.22 DLT-CRS-<PATH>
3.2.23 DLT-EQPT
3.2.24 DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.25 DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.26 DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
3.2.27 DLT-LNKTERM
3.2.28 DLT-OSC
3.2.29 DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
3.2.30 DLT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
3.2.31 DLT-ROUTE
3.2.32 DLT-TRAPTABLE
3.2.33 DLT-USER-SECU
3.2.34 DLT-VCG
3.2.35 DLT-WLEN
3.2.36 ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
3.2.37 ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
3.2.38 ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
3.2.39 ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.40 ED-<MOD_PATH>
3.2.41 ED-<MOD_RING>
3.2.42 ED-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.43 ED-ALS
3.2.44 ED-APC
3.2.45 ED-BITS
3.2.46 ED-CMD-SECU
3.2.47 ED-CRS-<PATH>
3.2.48 ED-DAT
3.2.49 ED-DS1
3.2.50 ED-EC1
3.2.51 ED-EQPT
3.2.52 ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.53 ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.54 ED-FFP-OCH
3.2.55 ED-FSTE
3.2.56 ED-G1000
3.2.57 ED-GFP
3.2.58 ED-HDLC
3.2.59 ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
3.2.60 ED-LNKTERM
3.2.61 ED-NE-GEN
3.2.62 ED-NE-PATH
3.2.63 ED-NE-SYNCN
3.2.64 ED-OCH
3.2.65 ED-OMS
3.2.66 ED-OSC
3.2.67 ED-OTS
3.2.68 ED-PID
3.2.69 ED-POS
3.2.70 ED-SLV-WDMANS
3.2.71 ED-SYNCN
3.2.72 ED-T1
3.2.73 ED-T3
3.2.74 ED-TRAPTABLE
3.2.75 ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.76 ED-TRC-OCH
3.2.77 ED-USER-SECU
3.2.78 ED-VCG
3.2.79 ED-WDMANS
3.2.80 ED-WLEN
3.2.81 ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
3.2.82 ENT-<MOD_RING>
3.2.83 ENT-CRS-<PATH>
3.2.84 ENT-EQPT
3.2.85 ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.86 ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.87 ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
3.2.88 ENT-LNKTERM
3.2.89 ENT-OSC
3.2.90 ENT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
3.2.91 ENT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
3.2.92 ENT-ROUTE
3.2.93 ENT-TRAPTABLE
3.2.94 ENT-USER-SECU
3.2.95 ENT-VCG
3.2.96 ENT-WLEN
3.2.97 EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
3.2.98 INH-MSG-ALL
3.2.99 INH-MSG-DBCHG
3.2.100 INH-MSG-SECU
3.2.101 INH-PMREPT-ALL
3.2.102 INH-SWDX-EQPT
3.2.103 INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
3.2.104 INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
3.2.105 INH-USER-SECU
3.2.106 INIT-REG-<MOD2>
3.2.107 INIT-SYS
3.2.108 OPR-ACO-ALL
3.2.109 OPR-ALS
3.2.110 OPR-APC
3.2.111 OPR-EXT-CONT
3.2.112 OPR-LASER-OTS
3.2.113 OPR-LNK
3.2.114 OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
3.2.115 OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.116 OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.117 OPR-PROTNSW-<PATH>
3.2.118 OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
3.2.119 OPR-SLV-WDMANS
3.2.120 OPR-SYNCNSW
3.2.121 OPR-WDMANS
3.2.122 REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
3.2.123 REPT ALM BITS
3.2.124 REPT ALM COM
3.2.125 REPT ALM ENV
3.2.126 REPT ALM EQPT
3.2.127 REPT ALM SECU
3.2.128 REPT ALM SYNCN
3.2.129 REPT DBCHG
3.2.130 REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
3.2.131 REPT EVT BITS
3.2.132 REPT EVT COM
3.2.133 REPT EVT ENV
3.2.134 REPT EVT EQPT
3.2.135 REPT EVT FXFR
3.2.136 REPT EVT IOSCFG
3.2.137 REPT EVT SECU
3.2.138 REPT EVT SESSION
3.2.139 REPT EVT SYNCN
3.2.140 REPT PM <MOD2>
3.2.141 REPT SW
3.2.142 RLS-EXT-CONT
3.2.143 RLS-LASER-OTS
3.2.144 RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
3.2.145 RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.146 RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.147 RLS-PROTNSW-<PATH>
3.2.148 RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
3.2.149 RLS-SYNCNSW
3.2.150 RMV-<MOD2>
3.2.151 RST-<MOD2>
3.2.152 RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
3.2.153 RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
3.2.154 RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.155 RTRV-<MOD_RING>
3.2.156 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.157 RTRV-<PATH>
3.2.158 RTRV-10GIGE
3.2.159 RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
3.2.160 RTRV-ALM-ALL
3.2.161 RTRV-ALM-BITS
3.2.162 RTRV-ALM-ENV
3.2.163 RTRV-ALM-EQPT
3.2.164 RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
3.2.165 RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
3.2.166 RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
3.2.167 RTRV-ALS
3.2.168 RTRV-APC
3.2.169 RTRV-ATTR-CONT
3.2.170 RTRV-ATTR-ENV
3.2.171 RTRV-BITS
3.2.172 RTRV-CMD-SECU
3.2.173 RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
3.2.174 RTRV-COND-ALL
3.2.175 RTRV-COND-BITS
3.2.176 RTRV-COND-ENV
3.2.177 RTRV-COND-EQPT
3.2.178 RTRV-COND-SYNCN
3.2.179 RTRV-CRS
3.2.180 RTRV-CRS-<PATH>
3.2.181 RTRV-DFLT-SECU
3.2.182 RTRV-DS1
3.2.183 RTRV-DWDM
3.2.184 RTRV-EC1
3.2.185 RTRV-EQPT
3.2.186 RTRV-ESCON
3.2.187 RTRV-EXT-CONT
3.2.188 RTRV-FAC
3.2.189 RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.190 RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.191 RTRV-FFP-OCH
3.2.192 RTRV-FSTE
3.2.193 RTRV-G1000
3.2.194 RTRV-GFP
3.2.195 RTRV-GIGE
3.2.196 RTRV-HDLC
3.2.197 RTRV-HDR
3.2.198 RTRV-INV
3.2.199 RTRV-LNK
3.2.200 RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
3.2.201 RTRV-LNKTERM
3.2.202 RTRV-LOG
3.2.203 RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
3.2.204 RTRV-NE-APC
3.2.205 RTRV-NE-GEN
3.2.206 RTRV-NE-IPMAP
3.2.207 RTRV-NE-PATH
3.2.208 RTRV-NE-SYNCN
3.2.209 RTRV-NE-WDMANS
3.2.210 RTRV-NETYPE
3.2.211 RTRV-OCH
3.2.212 RTRV-OMS
3.2.213 RTRV-OPM
3.2.214 RTRV-OSC
3.2.215 RTRV-OTS
3.2.216 RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
3.2.217 RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
3.2.218 RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
3.2.219 RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
3.2.220 RTRV-POS
3.2.221 RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.222 RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
3.2.223 RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>
3.2.224 RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
3.2.225 RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>
3.2.226 RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
3.2.227 RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
3.2.228 RTRV-ROUTE
3.2.229 RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
3.2.230 RTRV-STS
3.2.231 RTRV-SYNCN
3.2.232 RTRV-T1
3.2.233 RTRV-T3
3.2.234 RTRV-TACC
3.2.235 RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
3.2.236 RTRV-TH-ALL
3.2.237 RTRV-TOD
3.2.238 RTRV-TRAPTABLE
3.2.239 RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
3.2.240 RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>
3.2.241 RTRV-TRC-OCH
3.2.242 RTRV-USER-SECU
3.2.243 RTRV-VCG
3.2.244 RTRV-VT
3.2.245 RTRV-WDMANS
3.2.246 RTRV-WLEN
3.2.247 SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
3.2.248 SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
3.2.249 SET-ALMTH-EQPT
3.2.250 SET-ATTR-CONT
3.2.251 SET-ATTR-ENV
3.2.252 SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
3.2.253 SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
3.2.254 SET-TH-<MOD2>
3.2.255 SET-TOD
3.2.256 SW-DX-EQPT
3.2.257 SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
3.2.258 SW-TOWKG-EQPT
TL1 Command Descriptions
Note
The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration.
This chapter provides specific information on TL1 commands and autonomous messages for the
Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15327, ONS 15600, and ONS 15310-CL, Release 5.0, including:
•
TL1 commands by category
•
TL1 commands by card
•
TL1 commands
For information on command components, such as access identifiers, see "TL1 Command Components."
3.1 TL1 Commands by Card and Category
Table 3-1 contains commands and autonomous messages applicable to the Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15310-CL, and 15600 and their corresponding cards and categories.
Table 3-1 SONET TL1 Commands by Card and Category
Command
|
ONS 15454 Card
|
ONS 15327 Card
|
ONS 15310-CL Card
|
ONS 15600 Card
|
Category
|
ACT-USER
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
ALW-MSG-ALL
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Log
|
ALW-MSG-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
ALW-PMREPT-ALL
|
—
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Performance
|
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
|
XCVT/XC10G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
ALW-USER-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
APPLY
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Software Download
|
CANC
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
CANC-USER
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
CANC-USER-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Troubleshooting and Test Access
|
CLR-COND-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Troubleshooting and Test Access
|
COPY-IOSCFG
|
ML1000-2,/ML100T-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
IOS
|
COPY-RFILE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
DISC-TACC
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Troubleshooting and Test Access
|
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
DLT-<MOD_RING>
|
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC12
OC48
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
BLSR
|
DLT-CRS-<PATH>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Cross Connections
|
DLT-EQPT
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Equipment
|
DLT-FFP- <MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32/WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
DLT-LNKTERM
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32/WSS-32
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
|
Provisionable Patchcords
|
DLT-OSC
|
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
|
G1000-4
CE-100T-8
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
|
CE100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
—
|
Performance
|
DLT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Bridge and Roll
|
DLT-ROUTE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
DLT-TRAPTABLE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
DLT-USER-SECU
|
TCC2, TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
DLT-VCG
|
ML1000-2,/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
VCAT
|
DLT-WLEN
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32/WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
|
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
|
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
|
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-<MOD_PATH>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Paths
|
ED-<MOD_RING>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
BLSR
|
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
OSCM/OSC-CMS
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
ED-ALS
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Ports
|
ED-APC
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-BITS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
ED-CMD-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
ED-CRS-<PATH>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2
ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Cross Connections
|
ED-DAT
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
ED-DS1
|
DS3XM-6/DS3XM-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
ED-EC1
|
EC1
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
ED-EQPT
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
E100T/E1000
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC-3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
SSXC
TSC
|
Equipment
|
ED-FFP- <MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
ED-FFP-OCH
|
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-FSTE
|
CE-100T-8
|
—
|
CE-100T-8
|
ML-100T-8
|
Ports
|
ED-G1000
|
G1000-4
|
G1000-2
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
ED-GFP
|
CE-100T-8
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
ED-HDLC
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-LNKTERM
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Provisionable Patchcords
|
ED-NE-GEN
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
ED-NE-PATH
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
System
|
ED-NE-SYNCN
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
ED-OCH
|
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-OMS
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
MD-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-OSC
|
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-OTS
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-PID
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
ED-POS
|
CE-100T-8
|
—
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
ED-SLV-WDMANS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-SYNCN
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
TCC2/TCC2P
OSCM/OSC-CMS
MXP_2.5G_10G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
ED-T1
|
DS1/DS1N
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Ports
|
ED-T3
|
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM-6/DS3XM-12
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
|
Ports
|
ED-TRAPTABLE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
ED-TRC-OCH
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-USER-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
ED-VCG
|
CE-100T-8
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
VCAT
|
ED-WDMANS
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ED-WLEN
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
ENT-<MOD_RING>
|
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC12
OC48
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
BLSR
|
ENT-CRS-<PATH>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Cross Connections
|
ENT-EQPT
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Equipment
|
ENT-FFP- <MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ENT-LNKTERM
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Provisionable Patchcords
|
ENT-OSC
|
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
ENT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
|
G1000-4
CE-100T-8
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Performance
|
ENT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Bridge and Roll
|
ENT-ROUTE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
ENT-TRAPTABLE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
ENT-USER-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
ENT-VCG
|
ML-1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
VCAT
|
ENT-WLEN
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
|
OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC12
OC48
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
BLSR
|
INH-MSG-ALL
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
INH-MSG-DBCHG
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Log
|
INH-MSG-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
INH-PMREPT-ALL
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Performance
|
INH-SWDX-EQPT
|
XCVT/XC10G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
|
XCVT/XC10G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
|
XCVT/XC10G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
INH-USER-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
INIT-SYS
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
E100T/E1000T
TCC2/TCC2P
XCVT/XC10G
AICI/AIC
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
System
|
OPR-ACO-ALL
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
OPR-ALS
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Ports
|
OPR-APC
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
OPR-EXT-CONT
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
OPR-LASER-OTS
|
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
OPR-LNK
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Troubleshooting and Test Access
|
OPR-PROTNSW- <MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
OPR-PROTNSW-<PATH>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
|
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
OPR-SLV-WDMANS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
OPR-SYNCNSW
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
OPR-WDMANS
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
REPT ALM BITS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
REPT ALM COM
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Fault
|
REPT ALM ENV
|
AICI/ACI
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
REPT ALM EQPT
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
E100T/E1000
TCC2/TCC2P
XCVT/XC10G
AICI/AIC
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
SSXC
TSC
|
Equipment
|
REPT ALM SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
REPT ALM SYNCN
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
REPT DBCHG
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
E100T/E1000
TCC2/TCC2P
XCVT/XC10G
AICI/AIC
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
SSXC
TSC
|
Log
|
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
|
All
|
All
|
CE-100T-8
ML100T-8
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Fault
|
REPT EVT BITS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
REPT EVT COM
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Fault
|
REPT EVT ENV
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
REPT EVT EQPT
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
E100T/E1000
TCC2/TCC2P
XCVT/XC10G
AICI/AIC
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Equipment
|
REPT EVT FXFR
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
File Transfer
|
REPT EVT IOSCFG
|
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
File Transfer
|
REPT EVT SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
REPT EVT SESSION
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
REPT EVT SYNCN
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
TCC2/TCC2P
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
REPT PM <MOD2>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
REPT SW
|
XCVT/XC10G
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
SSXC
|
Protection
|
RLS-EXT-CONT
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
RLS-LASER-OTS
|
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Troubleshooting and Test Access
|
RLS-PROTNSW- <MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
RLS-PROTNSW-<PATH>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
|
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RLS-SYNCNSW
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
RMV-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
TSC
|
Facility
|
RST-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Facility
|
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
|
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
|
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-<MOD_RING>
|
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC12
OC48
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
BLSR
|
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
OSCM/OSC-CMS
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
RTRV-<PATH>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Path
|
RTRV-10GIGE
|
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
E100T/E1000
TCC2/TCC2P
XCVT/XC10G
AICI/AIC
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Fault
|
RTRV-ALM-ALL
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Fault
|
RTRV-ALM-BITS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
RTRV-ALM-ENV
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Equipment
|
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
TCC2/TCC2P
MXP_2.5G_10G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Synchronization
|
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Equipment
|
RTRV-ALS
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-APC
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-ATTR-CONT
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
RTRV-ATTR-ENV
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
RTRV-BITS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
RTRV-CMD-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Fault
|
RTRV-COND-ALL
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Fault
|
RTRV-COND-BITS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
RTRV-COND-ENV
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
RTRV-COND-EQPT
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
E100T/E1000
XCVT/XC10G
AICI/AIC
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Equipment
|
RTRV-COND-SYNCN
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
TCC2/TCC2P
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
RTRV-CRS
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Cross Connections
|
RTRV-CRS-<PATH>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Cross Connections
|
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
RTRV-DS1
|
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-DWDM
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-EC1
|
EC1
|
—
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-EQPT
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
Equipment
|
RTRV-ESCON
|
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-EXT-CONT
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
RTRV-FAC
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
RTRV-FFP- <MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
RTRV-FFP-OCH
|
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-FSTE
|
ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
|
—
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-G1000
|
G1000-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
—
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-GFP
|
CE-100T-8
|
—
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
RTRV-GIGE
|
ML1000-2
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
RTRV-HDLC
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
RTRV-HDR
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
RTRV-INV
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
All
|
System
|
RTRV-LNK
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-LNKTERM
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Provisionable Patchcords
|
RTRV-LOG
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Log
|
RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Network
|
RTRV-NE-APC
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-NE-GEN
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Network
|
RTRV-NE-PATH
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
TCC2/TCC2P
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
System
|
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
RTRV-NETYPE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-OCH
|
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-OMS
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
MD-4
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-OPM
|
WSS-32
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-OSC
|
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-OTS
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AICI/AIC
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
RTRV-POS
|
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
|
—
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
ASAP-4
|
Ports
|
RTRV-PROTNSW- <MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
|
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Protection
|
RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
|
G1000-4
CE-100T-8
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
—
|
Performance
|
RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Bridge and Roll
|
RTRV-ROUTE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-STS
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Paths
|
RTRV-SYNCN
|
TCC2/TCC2P
OSCM/OSC-CMS
MXP_2.5G_10G
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Synchronization
|
RTRV-T1
|
DS1/DS1N
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-T3
|
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
Ports
|
RTRV-TACC
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
—
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Troubleshooting and Test Access
|
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
RTRV-TH-ALL
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
RTRV-TOD
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
RTRV-TRAPTABLE
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>
|
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC12
OC48
|
—
|
—
|
BLSR
|
RTRV-TRC-OCH
|
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-USER-SECU
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
RTRV-VCG
|
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
FC_MR-4
|
—
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
|
—
|
VCAT
|
RTRV-VT
|
CE-100T-8
DS1/DS1N
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
—
|
PATHS
|
RTRV-WDMANS
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
RTRV-WLEN
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
|
G1000-4
ML1000-2/ML100T-12
CE-100T-8
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
G1000-2
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
|
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
DWDM
|
SET-ALMTH-EQPT
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Equipment
|
SET-ATTR-CONT
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
SET-ATTR-ENV
|
AICI/AIC
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Environment
|
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
Security
|
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
|
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
OC3/OC3-8
OC12/OC12-4
OC48/OC48AS
OC192
AD-1B/AD-4B
AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C
MD-4
MUX-32/DMX-32
WSS-32
OSCM/OSC-CMS
OPT-BST/OPT-PRE
MXP_2.5G_10G
TXP_MR_10G
TXP_MR_2.5G
TXPP_MR_2.5G
MXP_2.5G_10E
TXP_MR_10E
MXP_MR_2.5G
MXPP_MR_2.5G
FC_MR-4
|
OC3-4
OC12
OC48
XTC
|
CE-100T-8
ML-100T-8
15310-CL-CTX
|
OC48-16
OC192-4
ASAP-4
|
Performance
|
SET-TOD
|
TCC2/TCC2P
|
XTC
|
15310-CL-CTX
|
TSC
|
System
|
SW-DX-EQPT
|
XCVT/XC10G
|
—
|
—
|
SSXC
|
Equipment
|
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
EC1
DS1/DS1N
DS3/DS3N
DS3E/DS3NE
DS3-EC1-48
DS3XM/DS3XM-12
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
Equipment
|
3.2 TL1 Commands
The commands and autonomous messages used for ONS 15454, 15327, 15600 and 15310-CL are described in detail in this section and are listed alphabetically according to the first alpha character of the command string.
Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<MOD_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, path protection attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<MOD_PATH> commands instead.
Note
The CTAG of any TL1 line mode command is a mandatory field in this TL1 release.
Note
The AID definitions provided are supersets of the actual AID definitions.
Note
TL1 commands that are entered incorrectly are not completed.
Note
In release 3.3 and later, the ACT-USER command will return a DENY without any error message. Any other command will return DENY with the PLNA (Privilege, Login Not Active) error message.
3.2.1 ACT-USER
Activate User
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command opens a session with the Network Element (NE).
Notes:
1.
Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, COPY-RFILE, COPY-IOSCFG, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.
2.
This command is backwards compatible with userids and passwords from ONS 15454 2.X software versions according to the following rules:
ACT-USER:[TID]:[STRING]:CTAG::[STRING]
a.
The syntax of the userid (first [STRING]) and the password (second [STRING]) are not checked.
b.
Invalid syntax for both the userid and password is permitted, but the user can only log in if the userid/password match what is in the database.
c.
The userid and password cannot exceed 10 characters.
3.
For the ACT-USER command, it is required that no error code be transmitted except to convey that the login is granted or denied. Per TR-835, Appendix A, Section A.2:
"... the error codes corresponding to ACT ... do not apply to the ACT-USER command because this command requires that no error code be provided to the session request except to indicate that it has been denied. Before a session is established, a specific error code may reveal clues to an intruder attempting unauthorized entry."
Starting with Release 4.6, the following feature can be turned on or off and the default is off: A new user must change his or her password after establishing a session for the first time before continuing. All TL1 commands except for ED-PID and CANC-USER will be denied until the password is changed. Once the password has been changed, a user can execute any command that his security level allows. If the user logs out without changing his password each following session will DENY all commands, except ED-PID and CANC-USER, until the password is changed.
Category
Security
Security
N/A
Related Commands
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-PATH
|
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
INIT-SYS
REPT ALM SECU
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
ED-NE-SYNCN
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
|
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ACT-USER:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<PID>;
Input Example
ACT-USER:PETALUMA:TERRI:100::MYPASSWD;
Input Parameters
Table 3-2 ACT-USER Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
UID
|
The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String. Must not be null
|
PID
|
The user password. PID is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. Passwords are encrypted for security reasons and will be displayed as asterisks (*). String. Must not be null
|
Output Format
SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<UID>:<LASTLOGINTIME>,<UNSUCCESSFULLOGINS>"
;
Output Example
TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"TERRI:2003-01-02 14-04-49,0"
;
Output Parameters
Table 3-3 ACT-USER Output Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
UID
|
The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String. Must not be null
|
LASTLOGINTIME
|
The date and time of the last successful connection to the NE (not including current login). String
|
UNSUCCESSFULLOGINS
|
The number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last successful login. Integer
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.2 ALW-MSG-ALL
Allow Message All
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command instructs the NE to enter a mode in which all the REPT ALM and REPT EVT autonomous messages are transmitted. See the INH-MSG-ALL command to inhibit these autonomous messages. When a TL1 session starts, the REPT ALM and REPT EVT messages are allowed by default.
Note
If this command is issued twice in the same session, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message will be returned. The optional fields in the e block are not supported.
Category
System
Security
Retrieve
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-MSG-SECU
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-PATH
ED-NE-SYNCN
|
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
INIT-SYS
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
|
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ALW-MSG-ALL:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>[::,,];
Input Example
ALW-MSG-ALL:PETALUMA:ALL:549;
Input Parameters
Table 3-4 ALW-MSG-ALL Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier. Support is limited to AID ALL. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.3 ALW-MSG-DBCHG
Allow Database Change Message
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command enables REPT DBCHG. When a TL1 session starts, the REPT DBCHG messages are not allowed by default.
Note
This command is not defined in the GR.
Category
Log
Security
Retrieve
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-SECU
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-PATH
ED-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL
|
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
INIT-SYS
REPT DBCHG
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-LOG
|
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ALW-MSG-DBCHG:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::,,];
Input Example
ALW-MSG-DBCHG:CISCO::123;
Input Parameters
Table 3-5 ALW-MSG-DBCHG Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
—
|
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.4 ALW-MSG-SECU
Allow Message Security
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command enables REPT EVT SECU and REPT ALM SECU autonomous messages.
Category
Security
Security
Superuser
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-PATH
|
ED-NE-SYNCN
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
INIT-SYS REPT
ALM SECU
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
|
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ALW-MSG-SECU:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;
Input Example
ALW-MSG-SECU:PETALUMA::123;
Input Parameters
Table 3-6 ALW-MSG-SECU Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
—
|
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.5 ALW-PMREPT-ALL
Allow Performance Report All
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command resumes processing all the PM reports that are inhibited. The allowance of the PM reporting is session-based, which means the command is only effective to the TL1 session that issues this command.
Category
Performance
Security
Retrieve
Related Commands
INH-PMREPT-ALL
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
|
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
|
RTRV-TH-ALL
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ALW-PMREPT-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;
Input Example
ALW-PMREPT-ALL:CISCONODE::123;
Input Parameters
Table 3-7 ALW-PMREPT-ALL Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
—
|
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.6 ALW-SWDX-EQPT
Allow Switch Duplex Equipment
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command allows automatic or manual switching on a duplex system containing duplexed or redundant equipment. To inhibit an NE switching to duplex, use the INH-SWDX-EQPT command.
ALW-SWDX-EQPT is not used for SONET line or electrical card protection switching. For SONET line or path protection switching commands, see OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands. For the electrical card protection switching, see the SW-TOWKG-EQPT and SW-TOPROTN-EQPT commands.
Note
This command applies to the XCVT and XC10G equipment units only in this release.
Category
Equipment
Security
Maintenance
Related Commands
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EQPT
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-OCH
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
SET-ALMTH-EQPT
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
ALW-SWDX-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];
Input Example
ALW-SWDX-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-8:1234;
Input Parameters
Table 3-8 ALW-SWDX-EQPT Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier for XCVT/XC10G from the "EQPT" section
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.7 ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
Allow Switch to Protection Equipment
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command allows automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit back to a protection status. Use the INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT command to inhibit an NE from switching to protection.
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT is used for non-SONET line cards (e.g. DS1, DS3, DS3XM, and EC1). DS1 and DS3 cards have 1:1 and 1:N equipment protection. DS3XM and EC1 cards have only 1:1 equipment protection. When this command is given to a working unit, the working unit will be allowed to switch to the protection unit. When this command is given to a protection unit, any working unit in the protection group is allowed to switch to the protection unit.
The standing condition of INHSWPR on the unit specified by the AID will be cleared.
Notes:
1.
This command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.
2.
This command is not used for the common control (TCC2/TCC2P or XCVT/XC10G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.
3.
This command is not used for SONET (OCN) cards. A command on a SONET card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access identifier) error message. To use a SONET card switching command, use OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.
4.
If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be responsed.
5.
If this command is used on a card that is not in the inhibit state, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message should be responsed.
6.
The following situation(s) are allowed and will not generate any error response: Sending this command to missing cards so long as none of the previous error conditions apply.
Category
Equipment
Security
Maintenance
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EQPT
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-OCH
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
SET-ALMTH-EQPT
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<DIRN>];
Input Example
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;
Input Parameters
Table 3-9 ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier. This parameter can either be the protection unit for which carrying traffic is to be allowed (release of lockout) or the working unit for which switching to protect is to be allowed (release of lock on). Values are in the "EQPT" section
|
DIRN
|
The direction relative to the entity defined in the AID field.Tthe direction of the switching. This command only supports one value of the DIRN parameter, BTH. Defaults to BTH
|
| |
Parameter type is DIRECTION—transmit and receive directions
|
• BTH
|
Both transmit and receive directions
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.8 ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
Allow Switch to Working Equipment
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command allows automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit back to a working status. Use the INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT command to inhibit an NE from switching to working. ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT is used for non-SONET line cards (e.g. DS1, DS3, DS3XM, and EC1). DS1 and DS3 cards have 1:1 and 1:N equipment protection. DS3XM and EC1 cards have only 1:1 equipment protection.
When this command is given to a working unit, the working unit will be allowed to carry traffic. In the case of revertive protection, the traffic will switch immediately from the protection unit to the working unit regardless of the reversion time setting.
When this command is given to a protection unit, the protection unit will be allowed to switch back to the working unit currently protected as long as the working unit has not raised INHSWWKG. In the case of revertive protection, the traffic will switch immediately from the protection unit to the working unit regardless of the reversion time setting. In the case of non-revertive protection, the protection unit will continue to carry the traffic.
The standing condition of INHSWWKG on the unit specified by the AID will be cleared.
Notes:
1.
This command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.
2.
This command is not used for the common control (TCC2/TCC2P or XCVT/XC10G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.
3.
This command is not used for SONET (OCN) cards. A command on a SONET card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use a SONET card switching command, use the OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.
4.
If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be responsed.
5.
If this command is used on a card that is not in the inhibit state, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message should be responsed.
6.
The following situation(s) are allowed and will not generate any error response: sending this command to missing cards as long as none of the previous error conditions apply.
Category
Equipment
Security
Maintenance
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EQPT
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-OCH
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
SET-ALMTH-EQPT
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<DIRN>];
Input Example
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;
Input Parameters
Table 3-10 ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier. This parameter can either be the protection unit for which carrying traffic is to be allowed (release of lockout) or the working unit for which switching to protect is to be allowed (release of lock on). Values are in the "EQPT" section
|
DIRN
|
The direction relative to the entity defined in the AID field.Tthe direction of the switching. This command only supports one value of the DIRN parameter, BTH. Defaults to BTH
|
| |
Parameter type is DIRECTION—transmit and receive directions
|
• BTH
|
Both transmit and receive directions
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.9 ALW-USER-SECU
Allow User Security
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command enables a userid that has been disabled using the INH-USER-SECU command so the user can reestablish a session with the NE.
Category
Security
Security
Superuser
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
|
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
REPT ALM SECU
|
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Input Format
ALW-USER-SECU:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::<UID>;
Input Example
ALW-USER-SECU:PETALUMA::123::UID;
Input Parameters
Table 3-11 ALW-USER-SECU Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
UID
|
The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be a list of userids separated by "&". The keyword ALL may not be used to specify all users on an NE. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.10 APPLY
Apply
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15310-CL
This command activates or reverts a software load during a software upgrade or downgrade process.
Note
An error will be generated if you attempt to activate an older software load or attempt to revert to a newer software load.
Category
File Transfer
Security
Superuser
Related Commands
Input Format
APPLY:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::<MEM_SW_TYPE>];
Input Example
APPLY:CISCO::123::ACT;
Input Parameters
Table 3-12 APPLY Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
MEM_SW_TYPE
|
Memory switch action during the software upgrade
|
| |
Parameter type is DL_TYPE—indicates software download type
|
• ACT
|
Activates to a newer software load during the software download
|
• RVRT
|
Reverts to an older software load during software download
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.11 CANC
Cancel
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
Reports the occurrence of a session timeout event.
CANC is an autonomous message transmitted by the NE to a user when a session established by that user is terminated because no messages were exchanged for a long period of time, a timeout. There is a default timeout period based on the user's privilege/security level. Beginning with Release 4.0 timeouts can be provisioned through CTC. Beginning with Release 4.6, timeouts can be provisioned with the SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command. The default timeouts based on privilege/security level are: superuser [SUPER] has the timeout period of 15 minutes, the Provision user [PROV] has the timeout period of 30 minutes, the Maintenance [MAINT] user has the timeout period of 60 minutes, the Retrieve user [RTRV] has no timeout.
When a timeout occurs, the corresponding port drops and the next session initiation at that port requires the regular login procedure.
The CANC message is only used to indicate that a session has been terminated because of a timeout. If a session is terminated for a different reason (e.g., forced logout, loss of communication), the REPT EVT SESSION message is used.
Category
Security
Security
Retrieve
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
|
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
REPT ALM SECU
|
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Output Format
SID DATE TIME
A ATAG CANC
"<UID>"
;
Output Example
TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 CANC
"CISCO15"
;
Output Parameters
Table 3-13 CANC Output Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
UID
|
The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. Refers to the userid of a user whose session is terminated due to timeout. String
|
3.2.12 CANC-USER
Cancel User
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command logs a user out of an active session with the NE.
Note
The USERID field of this command is a mandatory field.
For the CANC-USER command: CANC-USER:[TID]:[STRING]:CTAG
the syntax of the userid (first [STRING]) is not checked. Invalid syntax for the userid is permitted and the userid must not exceed 10 characters.
Category
Security
Security
Retrieve
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
|
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
REPT ALM SECU
|
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Input Format
CANC-USER:[<TID>]:<USERID>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
CANC-USER:PETALUMA:TERRI:101;
Input Parameters
Table 3-14 CANC-USER Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
USERID
|
Identifies the user to the system. USERID can be up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1Table 6-1.
3.2.13 CANC-USER-SECU
Cancel User Security
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command forces a user off of the NE.
The UID specified can be a single userid or a list of userids separated by `&'. The keyword ALL is not permitted. The UID specified cannot be the userid of the administrator issuing the command.
Note
This command will log out ALL sessions on the NE (TL1 and CTC) of a user whose userid matches the UID specified in the command.
Category
Security
Security
Superuser
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CLR-COND-SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
|
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
REPT ALM SECU
|
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Input Format
CANC-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
CANC-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO10:100;
Input Parameters
Table 3-15 CANC-USER-SECU Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
UID
|
The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be a list of userids separated by "&". The keyword ALL may not be used to specify all users on an NE. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.14 CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
Change Test Access Mode (DS1, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VT1, VT2)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command changes the test access (TACC) mode for the circuit being tested. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.
This may be a change from monitoring the data to inserting data into the STS. This command can only be applied to an existing TAP connection.
For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<MOD_PATH> command. Intrusive test access modes are traffic-affecting. If a facility/path is connected to a TAP in an intrusive test access mode, it is forced to go into the OOS-MT state. The forced transition could be traffic-affecting. The present state of the facility/path is stored by the NE and is restored when the TAP connection is brought down. Test access connections are dropped automatically if the TL1 session is terminated or is timed out.
Notes:
1.
If there is no TAP connection, a DENY error message is returned.
2.
If a requested condition already exists, a SRCN error message is returned.
3.
If a requested access configuration is invalid, a SRAC error message is returned
4.
If a requested TAP does not exist, a RTEN error message is returned.
Category
Troubleshooting and Test Access
Security
Maintenance
Related Commands
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
|
DISC-TACC
|
RTRV-TACC
|
Input Format
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>:[<TID>]:<TAP>: <CTAG>::<MD>;
Input Example
CHG-ACCMD-STS1:CISCO:8:123::MONE;
Input Parameters
Table 3-16 CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
TAP
|
The Test Access Path number. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. String
Note This command only supports changing the mode for a single TAP number at a time.
|
MD
|
The test access mode. (SPLTE, SPLTF, LOOPE and LOOPF require an external QRS input signal.) Single FAD Test Access does not support MONEF, SPLTEF & SPLTAB modes
|
| |
Parameter type is TACC_MODE—test access mode
|
• LOOPE
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from E direction to the line outgoing in the E direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
• LOOPF
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from F direction to the line outgoing in the F direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
• MONE
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the A transmission path of the accessed circuit
|
• MONEF
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD1 to a DFAD, or the odd pair of a FAP, to the A transmission path and from FAD2 of the same DFAD, or the even pair of a FAP, to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.
|
• MONF
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.
|
• SPLTA
|
Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the A transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the A transmission path. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTB
|
Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the B transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the B transmission path. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTE
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTEF
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to FAD1 and the F side to FAD2. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTF
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the F side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.15 CLR-COND-SECU
Clear security condition
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command clears the specified standing condition.
Note
In R5.0, only INTRUSION-PSWD is supported.
Category
Security
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM BITS
REPT ALM COM
|
REPT ALM ENV
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM SECU
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT BITS
REPT EVT COM
REPT EVT ENV
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT FXFR
REPT EVT IOSCFG
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
REPT EVT SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
|
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Input Format
CLR-COND-SECU:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::<SECUALMTYPE>];
Input Example
CLR-COND-SECU:CISCO::123::INTRUSION-PSWD:
Input Parameters
Table 3-17 CLR-COND-SECU Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SECUALMTYPE
|
Secure alarm type. Defaults to INTRUSION-PSWD
|
| |
Parameter type is SECUALMTYPE—security alarm type
|
• INTRUSION-PSWD
|
Condition raised after an invalid password is used during login. Condition is raised only if the password is used a specified number of times.
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.16 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
Connect Test Access (DS1, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VT1, VT2)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command connects the STS or VT defined by AID to the STS specified by the TAP number. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.
For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<MOD_PATH> command. Intrusive test access modes are traffic-affecting. If a facility/path is connected to a TAP in an intrusive test access mode, it is forced to go into the OOS-MT state. The forced transition could be traffic-affecting. The present state of the facility/path is stored by the NE and is restored when the TAP connection is brought down. Test access connections are dropped automatically if the TL1 session is terminated or is timed out.
Notes:
1.
If all TAPs are busy, a RABY error message is returned.
2.
If a requested TAP is busy, a RTBY error message is returned.
3.
If a requested TAP does not exist, a RTEN error message is returned.
4.
If a circuit is already connected to another TAP, a SCAT error message is returned.
5.
If a requested condition already exists, a SRCN error message is returned.
6.
If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message is returned.
7.
If an access is not supported, an EANS error message is returned.
8.
If a requested access configuration is invalid, a SRAC error message is returned.
9.
A connection can be made to a cross-connection in which case all modes of access are supported. A connection to an Unmapped AID (AID without a cross-connect on it) will allow only MONE, SPLTE, and LOOPE modes.
10.
A connection to the protect path of a 1+1, 1:1, or 1:N is not allowed; however, connecting to the PCA path of a two-fiber or four-fiber is supported. This will be preempted when a BLSR switch occurs.
11.
When you connect a TACC to a protect path protection trunk, you will always be connected to the working trunk instead.
Category
Troubleshooting and Test Access
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DISC-TACC
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
|
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
|
RTRV-TACC
|
Input Format
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::<TAP>:MD=<MD>;
Input Example
CONN-TACC-STS1:CISCO:STS-2-1-4:123::8:MD=MONE;
Input Parameters
Table 3-18 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Source AID from the "ALL" section. SRC must not be null
|
TAP
|
The Test Access Path number. The TAP number is used to identify all messages between TSC and NE until the access point is released. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. TAP must not be null
|
MD
|
The test access mode. (SPLTE, SPLTF, LOOPE and LOOPF require an external QRS input signal.) Single FAD Test Access does not support MONEF, SPLTEF & SPLTAB modes. MD must not be null
|
| |
Parameter type is TACC_MODE—test access mode
|
• LOOPE
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from E direction to the line outgoing in the E direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
• LOOPF
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from F direction to the line outgoing in the F direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
• MONE
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the A transmission path of the accessed circuit
|
• MONEF
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD1 to a DFAD, or the odd pair of a FAP, to the A transmission path and from FAD2 of the same DFAD, or the even pair of a FAP, to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.
|
• MONF
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.
|
• SPLTA
|
Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the A transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the A transmission path. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTB
|
Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the B transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the B transmission path. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTE
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTEF
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to FAD1 and the F side to FAD2. Intrusive test access mode
|
• SPLTF
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the F side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode
|
Output Format
SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<TAP>"
;
Output Example
TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"8"
;
Output Parameters
Table 3-19 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC> Output Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
TAP
|
The Test Access Path number. The TAP number is used to identify all messages between TSC and NE until the access point is released. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.17 COPY-IOSCFG
Copy IOS Config File
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command supports the following types of operations on the IOS configuration file of ML-Series Ethernet cards:
1.
Uploading of startup IOS configuration file from the network to the node.
FTP is the only protocol allowed for uploading. When doing this operation, the SRC field must be a FTP URL string specifying the user name and password for FTP authentication, and specifying the host and the directory to locate the startup config file from the network. The DEST field must be a string of "STARTUP".
2.
Downloading of startup IOS configuration file from the node to the network.
FTP is the only protocol allowed for downloading. When doing this operation, the SRC field must be a string of "STARTUP". The DEST field must be a FTP URL string specifying the user name and password for FTP authentication, and specifying the host and the directory to store the startup config file.
Note
FTP timeout is 30 seconds and is not configurable.
Notes:
1.
The IOS configuration file is unique for each ML-Series card, and is specified by the SLOT number in the AID field of the command.
2.
In the GNE/ENE environment, if the GNE firewall exists, the download (backup) of IOS configuration file via TL1 is not allowed. Any such attempt will receive a "Data Connection Error" from the GNE. For the upload of IOS configuration file via TL1, GNE will allow it to go through the firewall only if the file contains the header "! Cisco IOS config <text>". If the configuration file does not contain this header, GNE will block the uploading with "Data Connection Error".
3.
The format of the FTP URL string used in the SRC or DEST field of the command is as follows:
In a non-firewall environment, the format of the URL should be
"FTP://[FTPUSER[:FTPPASSWORD]]@FTPHOST/PACKAGE_PATH" where:
<FTPUSER> is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file
<FTPPASSWORD> is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file
<FTPHOST> is the IP address of the computer with the package file, DNS lookup of hostnames is not supported
<PACKAGE_PATH> is the long path name to the package file
Note
Note that USERID and PASSWORD are optional if the user does not need to log into the host computer. Also note that the password may be optional if the user does not need to log in. All the other portions of the URL are required, including the initial "FTP:\\" string.
In a firewall environment, the hostname should be replaced with a list of IP addresses each separated by a @ character. The first IP address should be for the machine where the package file is stored. Subsequent IP addresses should then be for firewall machines moving outwards towards the edge of the network, until the final IP address listed was the machine that outside users first access the network.
For example: if your topology is "FTPHOST <-> GNE3 <->GNE2 <-> GNE1 <-> ENE", your FTP URL will be: FTP://FTPUSER:FTPPASSWORD@FTPHOST@GNE3@GNE2@GNE1/PACKAGE_PATH
Category
File Transfer
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
Input Format
COPY-IOSCFG:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::SRC=<SRC>,DEST=<DEST>;
Input Example
COPY-IOSCFG::SLOT-1:CTAG::SRC="LONG_FTP_PATH",DEST="STARTUP";
Input Parameters
Table 3-20 COPY-IOSCFG Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier. Specifies the slot number of the card where the IOS configuration file belongs. AID is from the "EQPT" section
|
SRC
|
Source AID. Specifies where the IOS configuration file is copied from. String
|
DEST
|
Specifies where the IOS configuration file is copied to. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.18 COPY-RFILE
Copy File
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15310-CL
This command downloads a new software package from the location specified by the FTP URL. It is also used to backup and restore the system database.
Note
Since Release 5.0, PACKAGE_PATH is relative to your home directory, instead of being an absolute path from the root directory of the NE. If you want to specify an absolute path, start the path with the string '%2F'.
Note
FTP timeout is 30 seconds and is not configurable.
In order to upload package files or restore databases from a host, the host must be running an FTP server application. If the host is not running an FTP server application, the command fails indicating that the NE was unable to connect to the remote IP address (host). A host can either be a PC or a workstation running an FTP Server Application.
•
Userid is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file or system database.
•
Password is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file or system database.
•
Hostname is the hostname or IP address of the computer with the package file or system database.
•
PACKAGE_PATH is the long path name to the package file starting from the home directory of the logged-in user.
All the other portions of the URL are required, including the initial "FTP://" string.
Example:
COPY-RFILE:TID:RFILE-PKG:703::TYPE=SWDL,SRC="FTP://USERID:
PASSWORD@HOSTIP:21/DIR1/DIR2/DIR3/PACKAGE.PKG";
Notes:
1.
The SWDL type is used for software package uploads. The RFBU type is used for system database backups, and the RFR type is used for system database restores. The SRC input is required when the type is SWDL or RFR. The DEST input is needed when the type is RFBU. The SRC and DEST inputs cannot both be used in the same command.
2.
FTP is the only allowed file transfer method.
3.
The extended FTP URL syntax is required by the COPY-RFILE syntax.
4.
FTP_PORT defaults to 21 and is optional. Leaving this field blank defaults to 21.
5.
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.
Category
File Transfer
Security
Superuser
Related Commands
Input Format
COPY-RFILE:[<TID>]:[<SRC>]:<CTAG>::TYPE=<XFERTYPE>,[SRC=<SRC1>,]
[DEST=<DEST>,][OVWRT=<OVWRT>,][FTTD=<FTTD>];
Input Example
COPY-RFILE:HERNDON:RFILE-PKG:703::TYPE=SWDL,SRC="LONG_FTP_PATH",
DEST="LONG_FTP_PATH",OVWRT=YES,FTTD="FTTD_URI";
Input Parameters
Table 3-21 COPY-RFILE Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Source AID. The type of file being transferred. From the AID "RFILE" section
|
XFERTYPE
|
The file transfer protocol
|
| |
Parameter type is TX_TYPE—specifies the type and direction of the file transferred
|
• RFBU
|
Remote File Backup. Applicable for Maintenance User (and above)
|
• RFR
|
Remote File Restore. Applicable for Superuser
|
• SWDL
|
Software Download. Applicable for Maintenance User (and above)
|
SRC1
|
Specifies the source of the file to be transferred. Only the FTP URL is supported. In a non-firewall environment the format of the URL should be: "FTP://FTP_USER[:FTP_PASSWORD]]@FTP_HOST_IP[:FTP_PORT], /PACKAGE_PATH[;TYPE=I]" where:
• <FTP_USER> is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file
• <FTP_PASSWORD> is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file
• <FTP_HOST_IP> is the IP address of the computer with the package file, DNS lookup of hostnames is not supported
• <FTP_PORT> defaults to 21
• <PACKAGE_PATH> is the long path name to the package file starting from the home directory of the logged-in user.
Note Userid and password are optional if the user does not need to log into the host computer. The password may be optional if the user does not need to log in. All the other portions of the URL are required, including the initial "FTP://" string.
In a firewall environment, the hostname should be replaced with a list of IP addresses each separated by a @ character. The first IP address should be for the machine where the package file is stored. Subsequent IP addresses should then be for firewall machines moving outwards towards the edge of the network, until the final IP address listed is the machine that outside users first access the network.
For example, if the topology is "FTP_HOST_IP <-> GNE3 <->GNE2 <-> GNE1 <-> ENE", the FTP URL is:
FTP://FTP_USER:FTP_PASSWORD@FTP_HOST_IP@GNE3@GNE2@ GNE1/PACKAGE_PATH
String
|
DEST
|
Specifies the destination of the file to be transferred. The comments for the SRC parameter (above) are also valid for DEST. String
|
OVWRT
|
If OVWRT is YES, then files should be overwritten. If OVWRT is NO, then file transfers will fail if the file already exists at the destination. Using the NO value will result in a error message. The NO value is not supported for database restore or software download
|
| |
Parameter type is YES_NO—indicates whether the user's password is about to expire; the user is logged into the NE or the user is locked out of the NE
|
• NO
|
No
|
• YES
|
Yes
|
FTTD
|
The format of the URI should be "FTTD://[FTTD_USER][:FTTD_PASSWORD]]@FTTD_HOST_TID" where:
• FTTD_USER is the userid to connect to the FTTD host
• FTTD_PASSWORD is the password used to connect to FTTD host
• FTTD_HOST_IP is the TID of the FTTD host, DNS and NSAP names are not supported. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.19 DISC-TACC
Disconnect Test Access
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600
This command disconnects the TAP and puts the connection back to its original state (no splits). For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.
For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<MOD_PATH> command.
Notes:
1.
If you send this command to an already disconnected connection, a SADC error message is returned.
2.
If the system cannot release TAP, an SRTN error message is returned.
Category
Troubleshooting and Test Access
Security
Maintenance
Related Commands
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
|
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
|
RTRV-TACC
|
Input Format
DISC-TACC:[<TID>]:<TAP>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
DISC-TACC:CISCO:8:123;
Input Parameters
Table 3-22 DISC-TACC Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
TAP
|
The Test Access Path number. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. String
Note This command only supports disconnecting one TAP at a time
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.20 DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
Delete (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, EC1, ESCON, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, T3)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15310-CL, 15600
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command deletes the specified port.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];
Input Example
DLT-GIGE:TID:FAC-5-1:1;
Input Parameters
Table 3-23 DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.21 DLT-<MOD_RING>
Delete (BLSR)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600
Note
ONS 15327 and 15600 do not support four-fiber BLSR.
This command deletes the BLSR of the NE.
Error conditions:
1.
If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROG (Status, Get IOR Failed) error message is returned.
2.
If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
3.
If the BLSR does not exist, a SRQN (BLSR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.
4.
The ALL AID is invalid for this command.
5.
The list AID format is supported in this release (R5.0).
6.
The SROF (Facility Not Provisioned) or (Cannot Access BLSR) error message will be returned for the invalid query.
7.
If the BLSR is in use, a SROF (BLSR In Use) error message is returned.
8.
The SRQN (BLSR Deletion Failed) error message is returned for the invalid deletion query.
Category
BLSR
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ED-<MOD_RING>
ENT-<MOD_RING>
|
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
RTRV-<MOD_RING>
|
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>
|
Input Format
DLT-<MOD_RING>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];
Input Example
DLT-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-2:123;
Input Parameters
Table 3-24 DLT-<MOD_RING> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "AidUnionId1" section. Identifies the BLSR of the NE. ALL or BLSR-ALL AID is not allowed for editing BLSR
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.22 DLT-CRS-<PATH>
Delete Cross Connection (STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, VT2)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command deletes a cross-connection between STS paths. STS paths are specified using their STS AID.
Notes:
1.
The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are optional.
2.
For the 1-way cross-connections the AIDs must be in the same order as originally entered; for the 2-way cross-connections, either order will work.
3.
This command does not support deleting multiple STS cross-connections.
4.
Using "&" in the AID field of this command can delete an path protection STS cross-connection.
a.
The following command is used to delete a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge with:
from points: F1, F2
to points: T1
DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1:<CTAG>;
b.
The following command is used to delete a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge with:
from point: F1
to points: T1, T2
DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1,T1&T2:<CTAG>;
c.
The following command is used to delete a 1-way or 2-way subtending path protection connection with:
from point: F1, F2
to points: T1, T2
DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1&T2:<CTAG>;
d.
The AID format in the deletion command is the same as the AID format in the retrieved response message. For example, if the output of any retrieved AID is "F1&F2,T1:CCT,STS3C", the deletion command with the AID format (F1&F2,T1) is required to delete this cross-connection.
e.
The following command is used to delete a path protection IDRI Cross-Connection:
DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:A&B,C&D:<CTAG>;
A-Path on ring X to which traffic from ring Y is bridged
B-Path on ring X to which traffic from the same ring is bridged
C-Path on ring Y to which traffic from ring X is bridged
D-Path on ring Y to which traffic from the same ring is bridged
A, B, C, and D have a positional meaning. Connection type 2WAYDC is used for path protection IDRI cross-connections.
f.
The following command is used to delete a path protection DRI Cross-Connection:
DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:A&B,C:<CTAG>;
A-Path on ring X to which traffic from ring Y is bridged
B-Path on ring X to which traffic from the same ring is bridged
C-Traffic to and from ring Y
A, B, C, and D have a positional meaning. Connection type 2WAYDC is used for path protection DRI cross-connections.
5.
All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.
6.
You can experience some implementation behavior problems if additional drops have been added to the connection object.
7.
The facility AID is only valid for slots holding the G1000-4 card.
8.
The virtual facility AID (VFAC) is only valid on slots holding an ML-Series card.
9.
CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48 characters. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL the field will not be displayed.
Category
Cross Connections
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ED-CRS-<PATH>
ENT-CRS-<PATH>
|
RTRV-CRS
|
RTRV-CRS-<PATH>
|
Input Format
DLT-CRS-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[CKTID=<CKTID>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];
Input Example
DLT-CRS-STS12C:VINBURG:STS-1-1-1,STS-12-1-1:102:::CKTID=CKTID,CMDMDE=CMDMDE;
Input Parameters
Table 3-25 DLT-CRS-PATH Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Source AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section
|
DST
|
Destination AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section
|
CKTID
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service state
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.23 DLT-EQPT
Delete Equipment
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command deletes a card from the NE.
This command removes the card type and attributes that were entered for a particular slot. If any facilities are assigned, they are deleted too. The command will be denied if the card is part of a protection group or has a cross-connect end-point.
To delete a card that is part of a protection group, it has to be removed from the protection group first using the ED-EQPT command.
Error conditions for deleting equipment may be:
1.
The error message SPLD (Equipment In Use) will be returned in the following conditions:
–
The card is in a protection group
–
The card has a cross-connection or a DCC/GCC/OSC termination or provisionable patchcord termination.
–
If any of its facilities is being used as a synchronization source.
2.
If a card is not provisioned, an error message will be returned.
Category
Equipment
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
ED-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT
|
NH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
|
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
SET-ALMTH-EQPT
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
DLT-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];
Input Example
DLT-EQPT:SONOMA:SLOT-1:104;
Input Parameters
Table 3-26 DLT-EQPT Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "EQPT" section. Identifies an equipment unit (slot) to act on
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.24 DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
Delete Facility Protection Group (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command deletes Y cable protection on client facilities.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-OCH
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
|
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<WORKAID>,<PROTAID>:<CTAG>[:::];
Input Example
DLT-FFP-HDTV:CISCO:FAC-1-1-1,FAC-2-1-1:100;
Input Parameters
Table 3-27 DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
WORKAID
|
The working facility AID from the "FACILITY" section
|
PROTAID
|
The protecting facility AID from the "FACILITY" section
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.25 DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
Delete Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command deletes an OCN facility protection group in a 1+1 architecture.
Note
If the protection group does not exist, an error message will be returned.
Category
Protection
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-OCH
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
|
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<WORK>,<PROTECT>:<CTAG>[:::];
Input Example
DLT-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1:1;
Input Parameters
Table 3-28 DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
WORK
|
The working facility AID from the "FACILITY" section
|
PROTECT
|
The protect facility AID from the "FACILITY" section
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.26 DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
Delete Optical Link (OCH, OMS, OTS)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command deletes an optical link between two optical connection points. Optical link is specified by using the AID of the involved optical connection points.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OTS
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
|
ED-TRC-OCH
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-FFP-OCH
|
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-TRC-OCH
|
Input Format
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
DLT-LNK-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1-TX,BAND-13-1-RX:114;
Input Parameters
Table 3-29 DLT-LNK-<MOD2O> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
FROM
|
The identifier at one end of the optical link from the AID "BAND" section
|
TO
|
The identifier at the other end of the optical link from the AID "BAND" section
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.27 DLT-LNKTERM
Delete a Provisionable Patchcord Termination
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15310-CL
This command deletes a provisionable patchcord termination present on a node. All termination points of a link/provisionable patchcord have to be deleted for the link to be deleted fully.
Notes:
1.
This command accepts multiple AIDs, but does not accept the ALL AID.
2.
A suitable error will be responsed if the link termination does not exist.
Category
Provisionable Patchcords
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
DLT-OSC
DLT-WLEN
ED-APC
ED-CLNT
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-LNKTERM
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OSC
ED-OTS
ED-SLV-WDMANS
ED-TRC-OCH
ED-WDMANS
|
ED-WLEN
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ENT-LNKTERM
ENT-OSC
ENT-WLEN
OPR-APC
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
OPR-SLV-WDMANS
OPR-WDMANS
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-APC
RTRV-CLNT
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-ESCON
|
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-LNKTERM
RTRV-NE-APC
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OPM
RTRV-OSC
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
TRV-SLV-WDMANS
RTRV-TRC-OCH
RTRV-WDMANS
RTRV-WLEN
|
Input Format
DLT-LNKTERM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
DLT-LNKTERM::LNKTERM-1:CTAG;
Input Parameters
Table 3-30 DLT-LNKTERM Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "LNKTERM" section. Indicates a link (provisionable patchcord) termination on the local node.
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.28 DLT-OSC
Delete OSC
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command deletes the OSC group of the NE.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
Input Format
DLT-OSC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
DLT-OSC:PENNGROVE:OSC-1:114;
Input Parameters
Table 3-31 DLT-OSC Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "OSC" section. Identifies the OSC group of the NE
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.29 DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
Delete Remote Monitoring Threshold (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, OCH, POS)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15310-CL
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command deletes a threshold entry in the RMON alarm table. Because there can be multiple thresholds created for a particular montype, you must specify all the necessary parameters for the specific threshold you want to delete.
Category
Performance
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-PMREPT-ALL
ENT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
INH-PMREPT-ALL
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
|
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
|
RTRV-TH-ALL
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::<MONTYPE>,,,,<INTVL>:
RISE=<RISE>,FALL=<FALL>,[SAMPLE=<SAMPLE>,][STARTUP=<STARTUP>][:];
Input Example
DLT-RMONTH-GIGE:CISCO:FAC-2-1:1234::ETHERSTATSOCTETS,,,,100:RISE=1000,FALL=100
SAMPLE=DELTA,STARTUP=RISING;
Input Parameters
Table 3-32 DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Source access identifier from the "FACILITY" section. AID for the facility that manages the data statistics
|
MONTYPE
|
Monitored type. Type of RMON monitored data statistics
|
| |
Parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE—monitoring type list
|
• AISSP
|
Alarm Indication Signal Seconds—Path
|
• BBE-PM
|
OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point
|
• BBE-SM
|
OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point
|
• BBER-PM
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage.
|
• BBER-SM
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage.
|
• BIEC
|
FEC—Bit Errors Corrected
|
• CGV
|
8B10B—Code Group Violations
|
• CSSP
|
Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)
|
• CVCPP
|
Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path
|
• CVL
|
Coding Violations—Line
|
• CVP
|
Coding Violations—Path
|
• CVS
|
Coding Violations—Section
|
• CVV
|
Coding Violations—Section
|
• DCG
|
8B10B—Data Code Groups
|
• ES-PM
|
OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point
|
• ES-SM
|
OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point
|
• ESAP
|
Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)
|
• ESBP
|
Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)
|
• ESCPP
|
Errored Seconds—CP—Bit Path
|
• ESL
|
Errored Seconds—Line
|
• ESNPFE
|
Errored Second -Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)
|
• ESP
|
Errored Seconds—Path
|
• ESR
|
Errored Second—Ratio
|
• ESR-PM
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage
|
• ESR-SM
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage
|
• ESS
|
Errored Seconds—Section
|
• ESV
|
Errored Seconds—VT Path
|
• FC-PM
|
OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point
|
• FC-SM
|
OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point
|
• FCP
|
Failure Count—Line
|
• IOS
|
8B10B- Idle Ordered Sets
|
• IPC
|
Invalid Packet Count
|
• LBCL-AVG
|
Average Laser Bias current in uA
|
• LBCL-MIN
|
Max Laser Bias current in uA
|
• LBCN
|
Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8
|
• LBCN-MAX
|
Maximum value for LBCN
|
• LOSSL
|
Loss of Signal Seconds—Line
|
• NIOS
|
8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets
|
• NPJC-PDET
|
PPJC-PDET:Negative Pointer Justification
|
• NPJC-PGEN
|
PPJC-PGEN:Negative Pointer Justification
|
• OBED
|
FEC—One Bit Errors Detected
|
• OPR-AVG
|
Average Receive Power in 1/10 uW
|
• OPR-MAX
|
Maximum Receive Power in 1/10 uW
|
• OPR-MIN
|
Minimum Receive Power in 1/10 uW
|
• OPRN
|
Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8
|
• OPRN-MAX
|
Maximum value for OPRN
|
• OPRN-MIN
|
Minimum value for OPRN
|
• OPT-AVG
|
Average Transmit Power in 1/10 uW
|
• OPT-MAX
|
Maximum Transmit Power in 1/10 uW
|
• OPT-MIN
|
Minimum Transmit Power in 1/10uW
|
• OPTN
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card
|
• OPTN-MAX
|
Maximum value for OPTN
|
• OPTN-MIN
|
Minimum value for OPTN
|
• OPWR-AVG
|
Optical Power—Average Interval Value in 1/10th of dBm
|
• OPWR-MAX
|
Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in 1/10th of dBm
|
• OPWR-MIN
|
Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in 1/10th of dBm
|
• PPJC-PDET
|
PPJC-PDET:Positive Pointer Justification
|
• PPJC-PGEN
|
PPJC-PGEN:Positive Pointer Justification
|
• PSC
|
Protection Switching Count
|
• PSC-R
|
Protection Switching Count—Ring
|
• PSC-S
|
Protection Switching Count—Span
|
• PSC-W
|
Protection Switching Count—Working
|
• PSD
|
Protection Switching Duration
|
• PSD-R
|
Protection Switching Duration—Ring
|
• PSD-S
|
Protection Switching Duration—Span
|
• PSD-W
|
Protection Switching Duration—Working
|
• SASCPP
|
Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path
|
• SASP
|
Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path
|
• SEFS
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds
|
• SES-PM
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path
|
• SES-SM
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point
|
• SESCPP
|
Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path
|
• SESL
|
Severely Errored Second—Line
|
• SESNPFE
|
Severely Errored Second - Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)
|
• SESP
|
Severely Errored Second—Path
|
• SESR-PM
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage
|
• SESR-SM
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage
|
• SESS
|
Severely Errored Second—Section
|
• SESV
|
Severely Errored Second—VT Path
|
• UAS-PM
|
OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point
|
• UAS-SM
|
OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point
|
• UASCPP
|
Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path
|
• UASL
|
Unavailable Second—Line
|
• UASNPFE
|
Unavailable Second - Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)
|
• UASP
|
Unavailable Second—Path
|
• UASV
|
Unavailable Second—VT Path
|
• UNC-WORDS
|
FEC—Uncorrectable Words
|
• VPC
|
Valid Packet Count
|
INTVL
|
The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling threshold. A valid value is any integer larger than or equal to 10 (seconds)
|
RISE
|
The rising threshold for the sampled statistics. A valid value is any integer
|
FALL
|
The falling threshold. A valid value is any integer smaller than the rising threshold
|
SAMPLE
|
The method of calculating the value to be compared to the thresholds
|
| |
Parameter type is SAMPLE_TYPE—describes how the data will be calculated during the sampling period
|
• ABSOLUTE
|
Comparing directly
|
• DELTA
|
Comparing with the current value of the selected variable subtracted by the last sample
|
STARTUP
|
Dictates whether an event will generate if the first valid sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, less than or equal to the falling threshold, or both
|
| |
Parameter type is STARTUP_TYPE—indicates whether an event will be generated when the first valid sample is crossing the rising or falling threshold
|
• FALLING
|
Generates the event when the sample is smaller than or equal to the falling threshold
|
• RISING
|
Generates the event when the sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold
|
• RISING-OR-FALLING
|
Generates the event when the sample is crossing the rising threshold, or the falling threshold
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.30 DLT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
Delete Roll (STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, VC12, VC3, VT1, VT2)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15600
This command deletes an attempted rolling operation of a facility or completes an attempted rolling operation.
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category
STS Paths
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-CRS-<PATH>
ED-<MOD_PATH>
ED-CRS-<PATH>
ED-NE-PATH
ENT-CRS-<PATH>
|
ENT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-<PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-<PATH>
RTRV-<PATH>
RTRV-CRS-<PATH>
|
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>
RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
|
Input Format
DLT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::WHY=<WHY>;
Input Example
DLT-ROLL-STS1:CISCO:STS-1-1-1,STS-2-1-1:6:::WHY=STOP;
Input Parameters
Table 3-33 DLT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Source access identifier from the "STS" section. It is one of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. If the existing cross-connection is one-way, then this termination point (leg) should be the FROM-AID termination point. Otherwise, FROM is non-significant. FROM and TO should be entered as they are entered in the ENT-CRS command. You can issue RTRV-CRS command, and use the response for FROM and TO parameters
|
DST
|
Destination AID from the "STS" section. It is one of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. If the existing cross-connection is one-way, then this termination point (leg) should be the TO-AID termination point. Otherwise, the TO is non-significant. FROM and TO should be entered as they are entered in the ENT-CRS command. You can issue RTRV-CRS command, and use the response for FROM and TO parameters
|
WHY
|
The reason for deletion
|
| |
Parameter type is WHY—reason for deletion
|
• END
|
Drop the leg to be rolled; the leg that is identified by the RFROM in the ENT-ROLL command
|
• STOP
|
The rolling operation will be deleted and reverted to the previous configuration
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.31 DLT-ROUTE
Delete Route
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command deletes the static routes.
Category
System
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
Input Format
DLT-ROUTE:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::<DESTIP>,<IPMASK>;
Input Example
DLT-ROUTE:CISCO::123::10.64.72.57,255.255.255.0;
Input Parameters
Table 3-34 DLT-ROUTE Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
DESTIP
|
Destination tip. String
|
IPMASK
|
IP mask. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.32 DLT-TRAPTABLE
Delete Trap Table
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command deletes an SNMP trap destination entry. Entering ALL will delete the whole table.
Category
System
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-MSG-SECU
COPY-RFILE
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-PATH
ED-NE-SYNCN
ED-TRAPTABLE
|
ENT-TRAPTABLE
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
INIT-SYS
REPT EVT FXFR
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
|
RTRV-NE-APC
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
RTRV-TRAPTABLE
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
DLT-TRAPTABLE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
DLT-TRAPTABLE::1.2.3.4:1;
Input Parameters
Table 3-35 DLT-TRAPTABLE Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "IPADDR" section. IP address identifies the trap destination. Only numeric IP addresses are allowed
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.33 DLT-USER-SECU
Delete User Security
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command deletes a user and can only be performed by a Superuser. Privilege levels are described in the ENT-USER-SECU command.
This command cannot be used to delete a user that is currently logged on.
For the DLT-USER-SECU command:
DLT-USER-SECU:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG];
the syntax of <UID> is not checked. The user is deleted if the <UID> exists in the database.
Category
Security
Security
Superuser
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
|
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
REPT ALM SECU
|
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Input Format
DLT-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
DLT-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO15:123;
Input Parameters
Table 3-36 DLT-USER-SECU Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
UID
|
User identifier. Can be up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.34 DLT-VCG
Delete Virtual Concatenated Group
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15310-CL
This command deletes a VCG object.
Category
VCAT
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
Input Format
DLT-VCG:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>][:];
Input Example
DLT-VCG:NODE1:FAC-1-1:1234:::CMDMDE=FRCD;
Input Parameters
Table 3-37 DLT-VCG Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Source AID from the "FACILITY" section. ML-Series cards use VFAC AID and FC_MR-4 cards use FAC AID
|
CMDMDE
|
Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.35 DLT-WLEN
Delete Wavelength
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command deletes the provisioned wavelength (WLEN).
Note:
1.
The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are the optional.
2.
This command does not support multiple deleting WLEN provisioning.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
DLT-LNKTERM
DLT-OSC
ED-APC
ED-CLNT
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-LNKTERM
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OSC
ED-OTS
ED-SLV-WDMANS
ED-TRC-OCH
ED-WDMANS
|
ED-WLEN
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ENT-LNKTERM
ENT-OSC
ENT-WLEN
OPR-APC
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
OPR-SLV-WDMANS
OPR-WDMANS
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-APC
RTRV-CLNT
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-ESCON
|
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-LNKTERM
RTRV-NE-APC
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OPM
RTRV-OSC
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
RTRV-TRC-OCH
RTRV-WDMANS
RTRV-WLEN
|
Input Format
DLT-WLEN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];
Input Example
DLT-WLEN:PENNGROVE:WLEN-W_E-1530.33:114:::CMDMDE=NORM;
Input Parameters
Table 3-38 DLT-WLEN Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "WLEN" section. The wavelength AID per ring direction
|
CMDMDE
|
Command execution mode. NORM for normal (default) and FRCD for forced. FRCD will override any safeguards that normally reject a request to delete and in service resource
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.36 ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
Edit (10GIGE, GIGE)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15600
This command edits Ethernet facility attributes.
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FSTE
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,][MACADDR=<MACADDR>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-GIGE:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::NAME="GIGE PORT",
MACADDR=00-0E-AA-BB-CC-FF,CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-39 ED-<GIGE_TYPE> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
NAME
|
Port name. String
|
MACADDR
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command execution mode. NORM for normal (default) and FRCD for forced. FRCD will override any safeguards that normally reject a request to delete and in service resource
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.37 ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
Edit (1GFC, 2GFC)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command edits the attributes related with the Fiber Channel facility. The state OOS,AINS is not supported on the FC port.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FSTE
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>,]
[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>,][AUTODETECTION=<AUTODETECTION>,]
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>,][MFS=<MFS>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-1GFC:CISCO:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,AUTODETECTION=Y,
LINKCREDITS=10,MFS=2148,NAME="FC PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:OOS,MT;
Input Parameters
Table 3-40 ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
LINKRCVRY
|
Link recovery
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
DISTEXTN
|
Distance extension. It can be set to Buffer-to-Buffer (B2B) Credit Management state or None.
Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time
|
| |
Parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION—distance extension
|
• B2B
|
Buffer to buffer flow control
|
• NONE
|
No distance extension
|
AUTODETECTION
|
Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
LINKCREDITS
|
Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. Integer
|
MFS
|
Maximum frame size. Integer
|
NAME
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.38 ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
Edit (1GFICON, 2GFICON)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command edits the attributes related with the FICON payload facility. The state OOS,AINS is not supported on the FICON port.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FSTE
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>,]
[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>,][AUTODETECTION=<AUTODETECTION>,]
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>,][MFS=<MFS>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,<SST>;
Input Example
ED-1GFICON:CISCO:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,AUTODETECTION=Y,
LINKCREDITS=10,MFS=2148,NAME="FC PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:OOS,MT;
Input Parameters
Table 3-41 ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
LINKRCVRY
|
Link recovery
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
DISTEXTN
|
Distance extension. It can be set to Buffer-to-Buffer (B2B) Credit Management state or None.
Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time
|
| |
Parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION—distance extension
|
• B2B
|
Buffer to buffer flow control
|
• NONE
|
No distance extension
|
AUTODETECTION
|
Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
LINKCREDITS
|
Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. Integer
|
MFS
|
Maximum frame size. Integer
|
NAME
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.39 ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
Edit (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command edits the operating parameters for a DWDM client facility.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FSTE
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-HDTV::FAC-1-1-1:1:::NAME="PORT NAME",CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-42 ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
LINKCREDITS
|
Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. Integer
|
NAME
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.40 ED-<MOD_PATH>
Edit (STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, VC12, VC3, VT1, VT2)
This command edits the attributes associated with STS and VT paths.
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, and RVTM parameters only apply to path protection at the STS path level.
SFBER and SDBER also apply to the VT path level on the 15310-CL.
The path trace message is a 64 character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead. Both the EXPTRC and TRC string can be provisioned by user with up to 62 character string.
The EXPTRC indicates the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.
The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.
The TACC parameter edits an existing single STS or VT and changes it to a test access point. When an editing command on TACC is executed, it assigns the STS or VT for the first 2-way connection and STS+1 as the second 2-way connection. For single FAD test access only a single STS/VT is used for the TAP creation. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.
J1 is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48AS and OC192 cards.
DS3/DS3N, OC48, E100, and E1000 cards do not support path trace.
DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, and DS3XM support both TRC and EXPTRC in the ED-STS-PATH command.
EC1, OC3, OC48AS, and OC192 only support EXPTRC in the ED-STS-PATH command.
Note
Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<MOD_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, path protection attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<MOD_PATH> commands instead.
Error conditions:
1.
If sending this command to edit SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV or RVTM for the non-path protection STS path, an error message will be returned.
2.
If sending this command to edit the EXPTRC string with the AUTO path trace mode (TRCMODE=AUTO), an error message will be returned.
3.
If sending this command to edit TRC on any card other than DS3(N)E, DS1(N), and DS3XM cards, an error message (TRC-not allowed for monitor paths. Incorrect card type.) will be returned.
4.
This command is allowed to edit EXPTRC on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC48AS, and OC192 cards.
5.
If sending this command to edit both TACC and any other attribute(s), the (Parameters Not compatible) error message will be returned.
6.
If sending this command to edit TACC on an AID with cross-connections, an error message (STS in Use) will be returned.
7.
TACC creation will also be denied on the protect ports/cards for 1:1, 1:N, and 1+1.
8.
The VFAC AID is only valid on slots containing an M-series (M4000-2, M400T-12, M3000-1, M300T-8) card. TACC is not supported for the M-series cards.
9.
After the BLSR switching, provisioning of the J1 trace string or trace mode is not allowed on the protection path.
10.
TACC creation is allowed on PCA for two-fiber and four-fiber BLSR.
11.
TACC is not supported on G1000, MXP_2.5_10G/TXP_MR-10G, ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards.
12.
HOLDOFFTIMER is not specific to a path. It is applicable to the path protection selector. If HOLDOFFTIMER is changed on one path associated with the selector, the HOLDOFFTIMER of the other path associated with the same selector is also changed.
13.
In R5.0, the ED-VT1 command is only supported to edit the J2 path trace on the VT1.5 cross-connection of the DS3XM-12 card.
14.
The test set physical connection setup via ED-T3/DS1/STS1/VT1 of the DS3XM-12 card is only allowed on the physical front ports (PORTED ports, ports 1-12), which are the monitoring ports.
a.
The monitoring test access ports follow the common rules for the other cards. For example, ED-T3 on port 2 (FAC-6-2) with a TACC number (8), the next port, port 3 (FAC-6-3) is used as the monitoring point also. The RTRV-T3 on both port-2 and port-3 return the same TACC number (8) being used to monitor the cross-connection end (A-B). The last port (port 12) is not allowed to setup a physical connection with the test set because there is no next available port to be the monitoring port.
b.
The TACC disconnection (DISC-TACC) and the test access mode change command (CHG-TACC) follow the same requirement as Step a. above, but it is applied on the ported ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
c.
The test access connection setup command (CONN-TACC) has monitored points, which can be portless ports. This command is applied on both ported and portless ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
15.
If the entity has a TACC connection, the entity is not allowed to have ported or portless STS/VT cross-connection (or circuit) provisioning on the DS3XM-12 card.
16.
The VT1.5 J2 path trace provisioning is supported on the DS3XM-12 card VT1.5 path via the ED-VT1, RTRV-VT1 and RTRV-PTHTRC-VT1 commands.
17.
Test Access and J2 path trace are not supported on the 15310-CL platform.
Category
Paths
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-CRS-<PATH>
DLT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
ED-CRS-<PATH>
ED-NE-PATH
ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
|
ENT-CRS-<PATH>
ENT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-<PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-<PATH>
RTRV-<PATH>
|
RTRV-CRS-<PATH>
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>
RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
|
Input Format
ED-<MOD_PATH>:[TID]:<AID>:[CTAG]::[]:[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>],
[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-STS3C:FERNDALE:STS-2-1-4:115:::SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
SWPDIP=Y,HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC="EXPTRCSTRING",TRC="TRCSTRING",
TRCMODE=OFF,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-43 ED-<MOD_PATH> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "CrossConnectId1" section
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure threshold. Applies only to path protection. Applies to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn) and to VT-level paths on the ONS 15310-CL
|
| |
Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path
|
• 1E-3
|
SFBER is 1E-3
|
• 1E-4
|
SFBER is 1E-4
|
• 1E-5
|
SFBER is 1E-5
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade threshold. Applies only to path protection. Applies to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn) and to VT-level paths on the ONS 15310-CL
|
| |
Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path
|
• 1E-5
|
SDBER is 1E-5
|
• 1E-6
|
SDBER is 1E-6
|
• 1E-7
|
SDBER is 1E-7
|
• 1E-8
|
SDBER is 1E-8
|
• 1E-9
|
SDBER is 1E-9
|
RVRTV
|
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to path protection
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
RVTM
|
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while "RVRTV" is N. Only applies to path protection
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
SWPDIP
|
On-off switch for path protection payload defect level switching. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn)
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
HOLDOFFTIMER
|
Hold off timer for path protection DRI. Values must be within 0 and 10000 milliseconds (0 - 10 seconds), with increments of 100 milliseconds Integer
|
EXPTRC
|
Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. String
|
TRC
|
The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. String
|
TRCMODE
|
Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level Paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to the OFF mode.
Note The ONS 15600 does not support MAN and AUTO.
|
| |
Parameter type is TRCMODE—trace mode
|
• AUTO
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards
|
• AUTO-NO-AIS
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected
|
• MAN
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string
|
• MAN-NO-AIS
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected
|
• OFF
|
Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported
|
TACC
|
TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Integer
|
TAPTYPE
|
TAP type
|
| |
Parameter type is TAPTYPE—test access point type
|
• DUAL
|
Dual FAD
|
• SINGLE
|
Single FAD
|
CMDMDE
|
Command mode
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.41 ED-<MOD_RING>
Edit Bidirectional Line Switched Ring
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600
This command edits the BLSR attributes.
ONS 15327 and 15600 do not support four-fiber BLSR.
The RVRTV, RVTM, SRVRTV, SRVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the 4-Fiber BLSR.
The RVRTV, RVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the 2-Fiber BLSR.
Error conditions:
1.
If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROF (Get IOR Failed) error message is returned.
2.
If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
3.
If the BLSR does not exist, a SRQN (BLSR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.
4.
The ALL AID is invalid for this command.
5.
The list AID format has been supported since R4.6.
6.
The SROF (Facility Not Provisioned) or Cannot Access BLSR) error message will be returned for the invalid query.
7.
The SRQN (BLSR Edition Failed) error message is returned for the invalid edition query.
8.
If sending this command to modify SRVRTV or SRVTM on a two-fiber BLSR, an IDNV (Invalid Data For 2F-BLSR) error message will be returned.
9.
If sending this command to modify the nodeid with invalid data, an IIAC (Invalid NodeId) error message is returned.
10.
If sending this command to change the ringid into invalid data, an IIAC (Invalid RingId) error message is returned.
11.
If changing the BLSR nodeid with a duplicated ID, a SROF (Cannot Set NodeId) error message is returned.
12.
If changing the BLSR ringid with a duplicated ID, a SROF (Cannot Set RingId) error message is returned.
Category
BLSR
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD_RING>
ENT-<MOD_RING>
|
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
RTRV-<MOD_RING>
|
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>
|
Input Format
ED-<MOD_RING>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>,][NODEID=<NODEID>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][SRVRTV=<SRVRTV>,][SRVTM=<SRVTM>][:];
Input Example
ED-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-43:123:::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=2.0,
SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0;
Input Parameters
Table 3-44 ED-<MOD_RING> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "AidUnionId1" section. Identifies the BLSR of the NE. ALL or BLSR-ALL AID is not allowed for editing a BLSR
|
RINGID
|
The BLSR ID of the NE up to six characters. Valid characters are A-Z and 0-9. String
|
NODEID
|
The BLSR node ID of the NE. NODEID ranges from 0 to 31. Integer
|
RVRTV
|
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
RVTM
|
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while "RVRTV" is N
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
SRVRTV
|
The span revertive mode for four-fiber BLSR only.
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
SRVTM
|
The span revertive time for four-fiber BLSR only. SRVTM is not allowed to be set while SRVRTV is N
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.42 ED-<OCN_TYPE>
Edit (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command edits the attributes (i.e., service parameters) and status of an OC-N facility. Allowable states for a facility are Out Of Service (OOS), Out Of Service with Automatic In Service transitioning (OOS-AINS), Out Of Service for Maintenance (OOS-MT), and In Service (IS).
The DCC transmit is bridged to both working and protect in a 1+1 configuration. On the receive side, the discovered one is selected for DCC. The DCC is provisioned on the working port only in a 1+1 configuration.
All lines in a 1+1 BLSR must have the same mode. If you change the mode of a line that is in a 1+1 BLSR, an error message will be returned.
UNI-C DCC provisioning notes:
1.
The attributes DCC(Y/N) and mode (SONET/SDH) remain the same in the ED/RTRV-OCN commands when the DCC is used for UNI-C, in which case the port attribute UNIC is enables (UNIC=Y).
2.
UNI-C DCC termination cannot be deleted by the regular DCC de-provisioning command.
3.
If the DCC is created under regular SONET provisioning, and this port is used by UNI-C, the port is converted as a UNI-C DCC automatically.
4.
De-provisioning UNI-C IF/IB IPCC will free up DCC termination automatically.
5.
The parameters ALSMODE, ALSCRINT and ALSRCPW are valid only for OC3-8, OC-192, and OC48ELR cards.
6.
SDCC/LDCC termination cannot be unprovisioned if a provisionable patchcord termination end point is provisioned on the port.
7.
SSM selectable (admssm) and synchronization messaging for output (syncmsgout) are not applicable to ONS 15600.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
|
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
Input Format
ED-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[DCC=<DCC>,][AREA=<AREA>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>,][PJMON=<PJMON>,]
[SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,][MODE=<MODE>,][MUX=<MUX>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,
[OSPF=<OSPF>,][LDCC=<LDCC>,][NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,]
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>,][TRC=<TRC>,][TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>,]
[TRCFROMAT=<TRCFROMAT>,][ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>,]
[SYNCMSGOUT=<SYNCMSGOUT>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-OC48:PENNGROVE:FAC-6-1:114:::DCC=Y,AREA=10.92.63.1,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,
PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,MODE=SONET,MUX=E2,SOAK=10,OSPF=Y,LDCC=N,
NAME="OCN PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCFROMAT=16-BYTE,ADMSSM=PRS,SYNCMSGOUT=N:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-45 ED-<OCN_TYPE> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
DCC
|
Indicates whether or not the section DCC is to be used. Identifies the section DCC connection of the port
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
AREA
|
The area ID and shows up only if the DCC is enabled. String
|
SYNCMSG
|
Synchronization status message
|
| |
Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• N
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• Y
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
SENDDUS
|
The facility will send the DUS (Don't use for Synchronization) value as the sync status message for that facility
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
PJMON
|
Identifies an OCn port PJMON. Integer
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure threshold
|
| |
Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path
|
• 1E-3
|
SFBER is 1E-3
|
• 1E-4
|
SFBER is 1E-4
|
• 1E-5
|
SFBER is 1E-5
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade threshold
|
| |
Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path
|
• 1E-5
|
SDBER is 1E-5
|
• 1E-6
|
SDBER is 1E-6
|
• 1E-7
|
SDBER is 1E-7
|
• 1E-8
|
SDBER is 1E-8
|
• 1E-9
|
SDBER is 1E-9
|
MODE
|
OCn port mode
|
| |
Parameter type is OPTICAL_MODE—the facility's optical mode
|
• SDH
|
SDH/ETSI optical mode using European/International format
|
• SONET
|
SONET/ANSI optical mode using the American format
|
MUX
|
BLSR extension byte (supported only on the OC48AS card)
|
| |
Parameter type is MUX_TYPE—BLSR extension type
|
• E2
|
E2 byte (orderwire)
|
• F1
|
F1 byte (user)
|
• K3
|
K3 byte
|
• Z2
|
Z2 byte
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer
|
OSFP
|
The open shortest path first discovery
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
LDCC
|
The line DCC connection on the port
|
| |
Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• N
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• Y
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
NAME
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service state
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
EXPTRC
|
Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. String
|
TRC
|
The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. String
|
TRCMODE
|
Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level Paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to the OFF mode
|
| |
Parameter type is TRCMODE—trace mode
|
• AUTO
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards
|
• AUTO-NO-AIS
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected
|
• MAN
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string
|
• MAN-NO-AIS
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected
|
• OFF
|
Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported
|
TRCFORMAT
|
Trace message size
|
| |
Parameter type is TRCFORMAT—trace format
|
• 1-BYTE
|
1 byte trace message
|
• 16-BYTE
|
16 byte trace message
|
• 64-BYTE
|
64 byte trace message
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
ADMSSM
|
SSM selectable value. It will only be displayed when SSM is disabled
|
| |
Parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL—clock source quality level for SONET
|
• DUS
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization
|
• PRS
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable
|
• RES
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use
|
• SMC
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable
|
• ST2
|
Stratum 2 Traceable
|
• ST3
|
Stratum 3 Traceable
|
• ST3E
|
Stratum 3E Traceable
|
• ST4
|
Stratum 4 Traceable
|
• STU
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown
|
• TNC
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)
|
SYNCMSGOUT
|
Controls SSM output for an OCn port
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1.
3.2.43 ED-ALS
Edit Automatic Laser Shutdown
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15310-CL
This command is used to modify the ALS attributes of an OC-N facility and all the facilities that support the ALS feature. For MXP_2.5G_10E, TXP_MR_10E, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards this command is used to modify the ALS parameter of the OC48 and OC192 ports.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ED-ALS:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[ALSMODE=<ALSMODE>,][ALSRCINT=<ALSRCINT>,]
[ALSRCPW=<ALSRCPW>];
Input Example
ED-ALS:CISCO:FAC-1-1:100:::ALSMODE=Y,ALSRCINT=130,ALSRCPW=35.1;
Input Parameters
Table 3-46 ED-ALS Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Access identifier from the "AidUnionId" section
|
ALSMODE
|
ALS is enabled or disabled
|
| |
Parameter type is ALS_MODE—the working mode for automatic laser shutdown
|
• AUTO
|
Automatic
|
• DISABLED
|
Disabled
|
• MAN
|
Manual
|
• MAN-RESTART
|
Manual restart for test
|
ALSRCINT
|
ALS recovery interval. The range is 60 to 300 seconds. Integer
|
ALSRCPW
|
ALS recovery pulse width. The range is 2.0 to 100.00 seconds, in increments of 100 ms. Float
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.44 ED-APC
Edit Amplification Power Control
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command is used to modify the APC application attributes. The default value for an optional parameter is the NE default value. The value may not be the current value for the parameter. Use a RTRV-xx command to retrieve the current value.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
DLT-LNKTERM
DLT-OSC
DLT-WLEN
ED-CLNT
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-LNKTERM
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OSC
ED-OTS
ED-SLV-WDMANS
ED-TRC-OCH
ED-WDMANS
|
ED-WLEN
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ENT-LNKTERM
ENT-OSC
ENT-WLEN
OPR-APC
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
OPR-SLV-WDMANS
OPR-WDMANS
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-APC
RTRV-CLNT
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-ESCON
|
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-LNKTERM
RTRV-NE-APC
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OPM
RTRV-OSC
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
RTRV-TRC-OCH
RTRV-WDMANS
RTRV-WLEN
|
Input Format
ED-APC:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[:::APCENABLE=<APCENABLE>];
Input Example
ED-APC:PENNGROVE::CTAG:::APCENABLE=N;
Input Parameters
Table 3-47 ED-APC Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
APCENABLE
|
The enable/disable of the APC application. Default is N
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.45 ED-BITS
Edit Building Integrated Timing Supply
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command edits the BITS reference attributes.
SYNC-BITS1 and SYNC-BITS2 AIDs can be used to set the BITS-OUT port state. For a BITS facility, 64 k and 6 MHz are only applicable to ON. SSM selectable (ADMSSM) is not applicable to ONS 15600.
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.
Category.
Synchronization
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ED-NE-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN
|
REPT EVT BITS
REPT EVT SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
|
RTRV-BITS
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-SYNCN
|
Input Format
ED-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][FMT=<FMT>,][LBO=<LBO>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>,][SABIT=<SABIT>,]
[IMPEDANCE=<IMPEDANCE>,][BITSFAC=<BITSFAC>,][ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>][:<PST>];
Input Example
ED-BITS:SONOMA:BITS-2:779:::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-133,SYNCMSG=N,
AISTHRSHLD=PRS,SABIT=BYTE-5,IMPEDANCE=120-OHM,BITSFAC=T1,ADMSSM=PRS:IS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-48 ED-BITS Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "BITS" section
|
LINECDE
|
Line code
|
| |
Parameter type is LINE_CODE—line code
|
• AMI
|
Line code value is AMI
|
• B8ZS
|
Line code value is B8ZS (bipolar with three-zero substitution)
|
FMT
|
Digital signal frame format
|
| |
Parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT—frame format for a T1 port
|
• D4
|
Frame format is D4
|
• ESF
|
Frame format is ESF
|
• UNFRAMED
|
Frame format is unframed
|
LBO
|
Line build out settings. BITS line build out. Default value is 0 to 133. Integer
|
| |
Parameter type is BITS_LineBuildOut—BITS line buildout
|
• 0-133
|
BITS line buildout range is 0-133
|
• 134-266
|
BITS line buildout range is 134-266
|
• 267-399
|
BITS line buildout range is 267-399
|
• 400-533
|
BITS line buildout range is 400-533
|
• 534-655
|
BITS line buildout range is 534-655
|
SYNCMSG
|
Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is on (Y)
|
| |
Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• N
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• Y
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
AISTHRSHLD
|
Alarm indication signal threshold
|
| |
Parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL—clock source quality level for SONET
|
• DUS
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization
|
• PRS
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable
|
• RES
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use
|
• SMC
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable
|
• ST2
|
Stratum 2 Traceable
|
• ST3
|
Stratum 3 Traceable
|
• ST3E
|
Stratum 3E Traceable
|
• ST4
|
Stratum 4 Traceable
|
• STU
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown
|
• TNC
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)
|
SABIT
|
When the frame format selection is E1, SABIT is the bit used to receive and transmit the SSM
|
| |
Parameter type is SABITS—SA BITS
|
• BYTE-4
|
SABIT is BYTE-4
|
• BYTE-5
|
SABIT is BYTE-5
|
• BYTE-6
|
SABIT is BYTE-6
|
• BYTE-7
|
SABIT is BYTE-7
|
• BYTE-8
|
SABIT is BYTE-8
|
IMPEDANCE
|
When the frame format selection is E1, IMPEDANCE is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port
|
| |
Parameter type is IMPEDANCE—the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port
|
• 120-OHM
|
Impedance of 120 ohm
|
• 75-OHM
|
Impedance of 75 ohm
|
BITSFAC
|
BITS facility settings. BITS-2 always inherits the value of BITS-1
|
| |
Parameter type is BITS_FAC—BITS facility rate. 64 k and 6 MHz are only applicable to the ONS 15454
|
• 2 M
|
2 MHz rate
|
• 64 K
|
64 K rate
|
• 6 M
|
6 MHz rate
|
• E1
|
E1 rate
|
• T1
|
T1 rate
|
ADMSSM
|
SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled.
Note Not applicable for ONS 15600
|
| |
Parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL—clock source quality level for SONET
|
• DUS
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization
|
• PRS
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable
|
• RES
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use
|
• SMC
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable
|
• ST2
|
Stratum 2 Traceable
|
• ST3
|
Stratum 3 Traceable
|
• ST3E
|
Stratum 3E Traceable
|
• ST4
|
Stratum 4 Traceable
|
• STU
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown
|
• TNC
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.46 ED-CMD-SECU
Edit Command Security
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command edits the command security level of a particular command.
Category
Security
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
|
REPT ALM SECU
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
|
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Input Format
ED-CMD-SECU:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<CAP>;
Input Example
ED-CMD-SECU::INIT-REG:1::SU;
Input Parameters
Table 3-49 ED-CMD-SECU Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier string. Identifies the entity in the NE to which the command pertains. It is the command verb along with verb modifier(s), as it currently exists. It can be a single command or a block of commands, where the block may include all commands. Only INIT-REG will be supported. String. Must not be null
|
CAP
|
Command access privilege. Must not be null
|
| |
Parameter type is PRIVILEGE—security level
|
• MAINT
|
Maintenance security level. Unlimited idle time
|
• PROV
|
Provision security level. 60 minutes of idle time
|
• RTRV
|
Retrieve security level. 30 minutes of idle time
|
• SUPER
|
Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.47 ED-CRS-<PATH>
Edit Cross Connect (STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, VT2)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command edits a cross-connection.
Notes:
1.
ADD and REMOVE cannot be used together. The example provided is for informational purposes only. ADD and REMOVE are mutually exclusive.
2.
Add/Remove drops is possible only on ONEWAY, UPSR_DROP, UPSR_DC, and UPSR_EN type of cross-connects (one-way only).
3.
Traditional cross-connections cannot be upgraded to DRI cross-connections using the ED_CRS command.
4.
CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID is 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL this field will not be displayed.
Category
Cross Connections
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-CRS-<PATH>
ENT-CRS-<PATH>
|
RTRV-CRS
|
RTRV-CRS-<PATH>
|
Input Format
ED-CRS-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[ADD=<ADD>,][REMOVE=<REMOVE>,]
[CKTID=<CKTID>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-CRS-STS3C::STS-1-1-1,STS-2-1-1:1:::ADD=STS-13-1-1,REMOVE=STS-2-1-1,CKTID=CKTID
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-50 ED-CRS-<PATH> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Source AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section
|
DST
|
Destination AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section
|
ADD
|
AID from the "AidUnionId" section
|
REMOVE
|
AID from the "AidUnionId" section
|
CKTID
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable only if the PST=OOS and SST=DSBLD
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.48 ED-DAT
Edit Date and Time
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command edits the date and the time
Category
System
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-MSG-SECU
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-PATH
ED-NE-SYNCN
|
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
INIT-SYS
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
|
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ED-DAT:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<DATE>],[<TIME>];
Input Example
ED-DAT:CISCO::1234::99-12-21,14-35-15;
Input Parameters
Table 3-51 ED-DAT Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
DATE
|
Date. String
|
TIME
|
Time. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.49 ED-DS1
Edit DS1
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the test access attribute for DS1 access on a DS3XM card.
Notes:
1.
This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.
2.
Both the MODE and FMT fields of this command apply to the DS3XM-12 card only.
3.
For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 frame format NE default is AUTO_PROV_FMT for the first 30 seconds to determine the real format. After 30 seconds, the DS1 frame format will be detected as FRAMED. If the frame format is not detected, it will be in the UNFRAMED format.
4.
For pre-provisioning the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 frame format defaults to UNFRAMED.
5.
For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 configurable attributes (PM, TH, alarm, etc.) only apply on the ported ports (1-12) and the VT-mapped (odd) portless ports in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands. If you provision or retrieve DS1 attributes on the DS3-mapped (even) portless port in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands, an error message will be returned.
6.
The test set physical connection setup via ED-T3/DS1/STS1/VT1 of the DS3XM-12 card is only allowed on the physical front ports (PORTED ports, ports 1-12), which are the monitoring ports.
a.
The monitoring test access ports follow the common rules for the other cards. For example, ED-T3 on port 2 (FAC-6-2) with a TACC number (8), the next port, port 3 (FAC-6-3) is used as the monitoring point also. The RTRV-T3 on both port-2 and port-3 return the same TACC number (8) being used to monitor the cross-connection end (A-B). The last port (port 12) is not allowed to setup a physical connection with the test set because there is no next available port to be the monitoring port.
b.
The TACC disconnection (DISC-TACC) and the test access mode change command (CHG-TACC) follow the same requirement as Step a. above, but it is applied on the ported ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
c.
The test access connection setup command (CONN-TACC) has monitored points, which can be portless ports. This command is applied on both ported and portless ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
7.
If the entity has a TACC connection, the entity is not allowed to have ported or portless STS/VT cross-connection (or circuit) provisioning on the DS3XM-12 card.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
|
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
Input Format
ED-DS1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[TACC=<TACC>,][TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>,]
[MODE=<MODE>,][FMT=<FMT>];
Input Example
ED-DS1:PETALUMA:DS1-2-1-6-12:123:::TACC=8,TAPTYPE=DUAL,MODE=FDL,FMT=ESF;
Input Parameters
Table 3-52 ED-DS1 Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "DS1" section
|
TACC
|
TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Integer
|
TAPTYPE
|
TAP type
|
| |
Parameter type is TAPTYPE—test access point type
|
• DUAL
|
Dual FAD
|
• SINGLE
|
Single FAD
|
MODE
|
Mode with which the command is to be implemented. DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card. Defaults to FDL
|
| |
Parameter type is DS1MODE—the DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card
|
• ATT
|
The DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 card is in AT&T 54016 mode
|
• FDL
|
The DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 card is in FDL T1-403 mode
|
FMT
|
Digital signal format. The DS1 path frame format of the DS3XM-12 card. Defaults to UNFRAMED
|
| |
Parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT—frame format for a T1 port
|
• D4
|
Frame format is D4
|
• ESF
|
Frame format is ESF
|
• UNFRAMED
|
Frame format is unframed
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.50 ED-EC1
Edit Electrical Carrier
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the attributes of an EC1.
Notes:
1.
This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.
2.
AISONLPBK is only applicable for the ONS 15310-CL.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
|
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
Input Format
ED-EC1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PJMON=<PJMON>,][LBO=<LBO>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,]
[SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,][NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,
[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-EC1:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::PJMON=0,LBO=0-225,SOAK=10,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,
NAME="EC1 PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-53 ED-EC1 Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
PJMON
|
A SONET pointer number (0 or 1) of an EC1 port. Integer
|
LBO
|
Line build out settings. Integer
|
| |
Parameter type is E_LBO—electrical signal line buildout
|
• 0-225
|
Electrical signal line buildout range is 0-225
|
• 226-450
|
Electrical signal line buildout range is 226-450
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure threshold
|
| |
Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path
|
• 1E-3
|
SFBER is 1E-3
|
• 1E-4
|
SFBER is 1E-4
|
• 1E-5
|
SFBER is 1E-5
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade threshold
|
| |
Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path
|
• 1E-5
|
SDBER is 1E-5
|
• 1E-6
|
SDBER is 1E-6
|
• 1E-7
|
SDBER is 1E-7
|
• 1E-8
|
SDBER is 1E-8
|
• 1E-9
|
SDBER is 1E-9
|
NAME
|
String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command Mode
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.51 ED-EQPT
Edit Equipment
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command edits the attributes for a given equipment slot in the NE. If the card is in an equipment slot, this command is allowed only on the working AID.
The PROTID parameter indicates the unique identifier of the protection group (the protect card). "NULL" is a special value of the PROTID parameter and indicates absence of a protection group. For the 1:1 protection type, RVRTV and RVTM parameters can be changed. For the 1:1 protection type, if the PROTID parameter is entered as "NULL", the protection group is deleted.
ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;
For the 1:N protection type, if the PROTID is "NULL", the AIDs in the list are removed from the protection group. If all the working cards are in the AID list, the protection group is deleted.
Example: if Slot-1, Slot-2 and Slot-4 were the only working cards in the protection group. The following command will remove Slot-4 from the protection group:
ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-4:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;
The protection group still has Slot-1 and Slot-2 as working cards.
The following command will remove all the other working cards in the above example and consequently, delete the protection group itself:
ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2&SLOT-1:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;
The ED-EQPT command can be successfully executed on an already provisioned card to add or remove a working card from a protection group. This command is not valid on a protect card. Only cards can be added to or removed from a protection group. Protection type is immutable and is determined at the time of creation of a protection group (while adding the first working card). Once provisioned, the equipment type cannot be edited either.
Examples of adding an existing card to a protection group using the ED-EQPT command:
1:1 protection group
ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=9.0;
1:N protection group
ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-3,PRTYPE=1-N,RVTM=6.5;
Error conditions for editing a 1:1 or 1:N protection group may be:
1.
Editing the PRTYPE or PROTID (non-NULL value) parameters.
2.
Editing RVRTV or RVTM when no protection group exists.
3.
Editing RVRTV for 1:N protection.
4.
Failed to remove, currently switched to protect.
5.
The CARDMODE provisioning is allowed on the DS3XM-12 and ML-Series cards
a.
The DS3XM's provisioning is based on the XCON type and DS3XM-12's location. For example:
The DS3XM-12 card in the lower speed I/O slot with the XCVT/XC10G card only allows the DS3XM-12-STS12 CARDMODE. Other cases allow the CARDMODE to be DS3XM-12-STS-48
b.
There is no card reboot if the CARDMODE is changed on the DS3XM-12 card.
c.
The DS3XM-12 card can be upgraded or downgraded by changing the CARDMODE with the ED-EQPT command.
6.
If the command mode (CMDMDE) is set to forced (FRCD) during the creation of a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, all cards must be physically plugged in and in the service state (IS). If the cards are not physically plugged in, then the command is denied with an appropriate error message. When the command mode is set to normal (NORM) (which is the default) the cards do not have to be physically plugged in and in the service state.
7.
If the command mode is set to forced (FRCD) during the removal of a card in a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, there must be no cross-connects (i.e., services) present on the card. If there are cross-connects present on the card, the command is denied with an appropriate error message. If the command mode is set to normal (NORM) (which is the default), it does not require that cross-connects be deleted on the card.
Category
Equipment
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT
|
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
|
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
SET-ALMTH-EQPT
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,][PRTYPE=<PRTYPE>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,]
[CARDMODE=<CARDMODE>,][PEERID=<PEERID>,][REGENNAME=<REGENNAME>,]
[PWL=<PWL>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123:::PROTID=SLOT-1,PRTYPE=1-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=9.0,
CMDMDE=FRCD,CARDMODE=DS3XM12-STS48,PEERID=SLOT-2,
REGENNAME="THIS GROUP",PWL=1530.33:OOS,MT;
Input Parameters
Table 3-54 ED-EQPT Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "EQPT" section
|
PROTID
|
Protecting card slot number of the protection group from the "PRSLOT" section
|
PRTYPE
|
Protection group type
|
| |
Parameter type is PROTECTION_GROUP—protection group type
|
• 1-1
|
1 to 1 protection group
|
• 1-N
|
1 to N protection group
|
RVRTV
|
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
RVTM
|
Revertive time
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
CMDMDE
|
Command mode. Only applicable when creating or deleting a protection group (1:1 or 1:N) and/or adding cards to an existing protection group (1:N). Default is NORM. If creating or adding cards to a protection group, specifying FRCD requires the card to be physically plugged in and in the service state (IS). If removing cards from a protection group (1:N) or deleting the protection group (1:1, 1:N), specifying FRCD requires that there are no cross-connects (services) on the card
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
CARDMODE
|
Card mode
Note The card will reboot after the mode changes so the mode change request will not go through if all the ports on the card are not in OOS mode.
TL1 will not set a default CARD_MODE value at the management interface level if no PWL value is given
|
| |
Parameter type is CARDMODE—card mode. Card mode is applicable to cards that have multiple capabilities, for example, the ML card can operate in two distinct modes: Linear Mapper Mode and L2/L3 Mode
|
• DS3XM12-STS12
|
The DS3XM-12 card in the STS12 back plane rate mode
|
• DS3XM12-STS48
|
The DS3XM-12 card in the STS48 back plane rate mode
|
• DWDM-LINE
|
Line terminating mode
|
• DWDM-SEC
|
Section terminating mode
|
• DWDM-TRANS-AIS
|
Transparent mode AIS
|
• DWDM-TRANS-SQUELCH
|
Transparent mode SQUELCH
|
• FCMR-DISTEXTN
|
FC_MR-4 card with distance extension support
|
• FCMR-LINERATE
|
FC_MR-4 card without distance extension support
|
• ML-GFP
|
ML-Series card in DOS FPGA using GFP framing type
|
• ML-HDLC
|
ML-Series card in DOS FPGA using HDLC framing type
|
• MXPMR25G-FCGE
|
Fibre channel or GIGE mode for the MXP-MR-2.5G card
|
PEERID
|
The regeneration peer slot from the "EQPT" section
|
REGENNAME
|
The name of a regeneration group. String
|
PWL
|
Provisioned wavelength. TL1 will not set a default PWL value at the management level if no PWL value is given
|
| |
Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN—optical wavelength
|
• 1530.33
|
Wavelength 1
|
• 1531.12
|
Wavelength 2
|
• 1531.90
|
Wavelength 3
|
• 1532.68
|
Wavelength 4
|
• 1534.25
|
Wavelength 5
|
• 1535.04
|
Wavelength 6
|
• 1535.82
|
Wavelength 7
|
• 1536.61
|
Wavelength 8
|
• 1538.19
|
Wavelength 9
|
• 1538.98
|
Wavelength 10
|
• 1539.77
|
Wavelength 11
|
• 1540.56
|
Wavelength 12
|
• 1542.14
|
Wavelength 13
|
• 1542.94
|
Wavelength 14
|
• 1543.73
|
Wavelength 15
|
• 1544.53
|
Wavelength 16
|
• 1546.12
|
Wavelength 17
|
• 1546.92
|
Wavelength 18
|
• 1547.72
|
Wavelength 19
|
• 1548.51
|
Wavelength 20
|
• 1550.12
|
Wavelength 21
|
• 1550.92
|
Wavelength 22
|
• 1551.72
|
Wavelength 23
|
• 1552.52
|
Wavelength 24
|
• 1554.13
|
Wavelength 25
|
• 1554.94
|
Wavelength 26
|
• 1555.75
|
Wavelength 27
|
• 1556.55
|
Wavelength 28
|
• 1558.17
|
Wavelength 29
|
• 1558.98
|
Wavelength 30
|
• 1559.79
|
Wavelength 31
|
• 1560.61
|
Wavelength 32
|
• USE-TWL1
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.52 ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
Edit Facility Protection Group (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits a Y cable protection group on client facilities.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-OCH
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
|
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];
Input Example
ED-FFP-CLNT:CISCO:FAC-1-1:100:::PROTID=DC-METRO,RVRTV=N,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;
Input Parameters
Table 3-55 ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
PROTAID
|
The protection group identifier (protection group name). Defaults to the protecting port AID of the protection group. PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. String
|
RVRTV
|
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to path protection
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
RVTM
|
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while "RVRTV" is N. Only applies to path protection
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
PSDIRN
|
Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI.
Note The MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards do not support BI-DIRECTIONAL switching
|
| |
Parameter type is UNI_BI—unidirectional switch operations
|
• BI
|
Bidirectional protection switching
|
• UNI
|
Unidirectional protection switching
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.53 ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
Edit Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.
This command edits the optical facility protection.
Note
This command can be used on both protecting and working AIDs. Optimized 1+1 and related attributes are only applicable to the ONS 15454.
Category
Protection
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
|
Input Format
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,]
[RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>,][VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>,]
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>,][RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>][:];
Input Example
ED-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::PROTID=PROT_NAME,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI,
VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0;
Input Parameters
Table 3-56 ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
PROTAID
|
The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. String
|
RVRTV
|
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
RVTM
|
Revertive time
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
PSDIRN
|
Protection switch operation. Indicates the switch mode
|
| |
Parameter type is TRANS_MODE—G1000 transponder mode
|
• BI
|
Bidirectional
|
• NONE
|
Not in transponder mode
|
• UNI
|
Unidirectional
|
VRGRDTM
|
Verification guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1
|
| |
Parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER—optimized 1+1 verification guard timer
|
• 0.5
|
500 ms
|
• 1.0
|
1 second
|
DTGRDTM
|
Detection guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1
|
| |
Parameter type is DETECTION _GUARD_TIMER—optimized 1+1 detection guard timer
|
• 0.0
|
0 seconds
|
• 0.05
|
50 ms
|
• 0.1
|
100 ms
|
• 0.5
|
500 ms
|
• 1.0 to 5.0
|
1 second to 5 seconds
|
RCGRDTM
|
Recovery guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1
|
| |
Parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER—optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer
|
• 0.0
|
0 seconds
|
• 0.05
|
50 ms
|
• 0.1
|
100 ms
|
• 0.5
|
500 ms
|
• 1.0 to 10.0
|
1 second to 10 seconds
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.54 ED-FFP-OCH
Edit Facility Protection Group Optical Channel
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command changes the provisioning for the default protection group on the DWDM port of a TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G card.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OTS
ED-TRC-OCH
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
|
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
REPT SW
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-TRC-OCH
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT
|
Input Format
ED-FFP-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,]
[RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];
Input Example
ED-FFP-OCH:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100:::PROTID="FIXEDPROTECTION",RVRTV=N,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;
Input Parameters
Table 3-57 ED-FFP-OCH Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section
|
PROTAID
|
The protection group identifier (protection group name). String
|
RVRTV
|
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
RVTM
|
Revertive time
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
PSDIRN
|
Protection switch operation
|
| |
Parameter type is TRANS_MODE—G1000 transponder mode
|
• BI
|
Bidirectional
|
• NONE
|
Not in transponder mode
|
• UNI
|
Unidirectional
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.55 ED-FSTE
Edit Fast Ethernet
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15310-CL
This command edits the front end port information of the fast (10/100 Mbps) Ethernet card.
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command to retrieve them.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ED-FSTE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FLOW=<FLOW>,][EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>,]
[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>,][VLANCOS=<VLANCOS>,][IPTOS=<IPTOS>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-FSTE:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::FLOW=FLOW,EXPDUPLEX=EXPDUPLEX,
EXPSPEED=EXPSPEED, VLANCOS=VLANCOS,IPTOS=IPTOS,
NAME="FSTE PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-58 ED-FSTE Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
FLOW
|
Flow control
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
EXPDUPLEX
|
Ethernet duplex mode
|
| |
Parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX—duplex mode
|
• AUTO
|
Auto mode
|
• FULL
|
Full mode
|
• HALF
|
Half mode
|
EXPSPEED
|
Ethernet speed
|
| |
Parameter type is ETHER_SPEED—Ethernet speed
|
• 100_MBPS
|
100 Mbps
|
• 10_GBPS
|
10 Gbps
|
• 10_MBPS
|
10 Mbps
|
• 1_GBPS
|
1 Gbps
|
• AUTO
|
Auto
|
VLANCOS
|
Priority queing threshold based on VLAN class of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 1175. Integer
|
IPTOS
|
Priority queing threshold based on IP type of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 368Integer
|
NAME
|
Name. String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service state
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.56 ED-G1000
Edit G1000
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the attributes related to a G1000 port.
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
|
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
Input Format
ED-G1000:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MFS=<MFS>,][FLOW=<FLOW>,]
[LOWMRK=<LOWMRK>,][HIWMRK=<HIWMRK>,][AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>,]
[NAME=<NAME>,][ENCAP=<ENCAP>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,]
[SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-G1000:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG:::MFS=1548,FLOW=Y,LOWMRK=20,HIWMRK=492,
AUTONEG=Y,NAME="G1000 PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:IS,DSBLD;
Input Parameters
Table 3-59 ED-G1000 Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
MFS
|
Maximum frame size
|
| |
Parameter type is MFS_TYPE—maximum frame size used by an Ethernet card
|
• 1548
|
Normal frame size
|
• JUMBO
|
Jumbo frame size
|
FLOW
|
Flow control
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
LOWMRK
|
Low watermark value. Integer. Defaults to 25
|
HIWMRK
|
High watermark value. Integer. Defaults to 485
|
AUTONEG
|
Automatic negotiation
|
| |
Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• N
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• Y
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
NAME
|
Name. String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer. Defaults to 32
|
ENCAP
|
Encapsulation. String
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.57 ED-GFP
Edit Generic Framing Protocol
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15310-CL, 15600
This command applies to the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 card, the ONS 15454 FC_MR-4 card, and the 15310-CL CE-100T-8 card.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-HDLC
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
|
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
Input Format
ED-GFP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FCS=<FCS>,][AUTOTHGFPBUF=<AUTOTHGFPBUF>,]
[GFPBUF=<GFPBUF>,][FILTER=<FILTER>];
Input Example
ED-GFP:CISCO:VFAC-1-0:123:::FCS=N,AUTOTHGFPBUF=Y,GFPBUF=16,FILTER=EGRESS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-60 ED-GFP Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.
Note VFAC AID is used for the CE-100T-8 cards on 15310-CL and 15454. ML-100T-8 GFP management is done via the IOS CLI and not via the TL1 interface. FAC AID is used for 15454 FC_MR-4
|
FCS
|
Payload frame check sequence
|
| |
Parameter type is FCS—frame check sequence
|
• FCS-16
|
Frame check sequencing using 16 bits
|
• FCS-32
|
Frame check sequencing using 32 bits
|
• NONE
|
No frame check sequence
|
AUTOTHGFPBUF
|
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
FILTER
|
Parameter type is GFP_FILTER—filter feature in GFP
|
• EGRESS
|
Activate filter feature on egress port
|
• NONE
|
Turn off filter feature
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.58 ED-HDLC
Edit High-Level Data Link Control
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15600
This command edits HDLC-related attributes for HDLC-encapsulated payloads.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE
|
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
|
Input Format
ED-HDLC:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[:::FCS=<FCS>];
Input Example
ED-HDLC:TID:VFAC-SLOT-PORT:CTAG:::FCS=FCS-16;
Input Parameters
Table 3-61 ED-HDLC Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
SRC
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section. The ONS 15600 ASAP card uses the VFAC AID
|
FCS
|
Payload frame check sequence
|
| |
Parameter type is FCS—frame check sequence
|
• FCS-16
|
Frame check sequence using 16 bits
|
• FCS-32
|
Frame check sequence using 32 bits
|
• NONE
|
No frame check sequence
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.59 ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
Edit Link (OCH, OMS, OTS)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits an optical link state.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OTS
ED-TRC-OCH
|
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-FFP-OCH
|
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-TRC-OCH
|
Input Format
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,
[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-LNK-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1-TX,BAND-13-1-RX:114:::CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,
AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-62 ED-LNK-<MODO> Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
FROM
|
Identifier at one end of the optical link from the "BAND" section
|
TO
|
Identifier at the other end of the optical link from the "BAND" section
|
CMDMDE
|
Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service state
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
Note PST is not supported for OCH provisioning.
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
Note SST is not supported for OCH provisioning.
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.60 ED-LNKTERM
Edit Provisionable Patchcord Termination
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15310-CL
This command edits the attributes of a provisionable patchcord that has already been created. Only the remote end attributes (REMOTENODE, REMOTELNKTERMID) can be edited.
Notes:
1.
No two provisionable patchcord terminations on a node can have the same remote end link termination information. An attempt to modify an existing provisionable patchcord termination while not following the above restriction will lead to an error message being responsed.
2.
If the provisionable patchcord termination does not exist, an error message will be responsed.
3.
This command does not accept multiple and ALL AIDs.
Category
Provisionable Patchcords
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
DLT-LNKTERM
DLT-OSC
DLT-WLEN
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OSC
ED-OTS
ED-SLV-WDMANS
ED-TRC-OCH
|
ED-WDMANS
ED-WLEN
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ENT-LNKTERM
ENT-OSC
ENT-WLEN
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
OPR-SLV-WDMANS
OPR-WDMANS
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
|
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-LNKTERM
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OSC
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
RTRV-TRC-OCH
RTRV-WDMANS
RTRV-WLEN
|
Input Format
ED-LNKTERM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[REMOTENODE=<REMOTENODE>,]
[REMOTELNKTERMID=<REMOTELNKTERMID>];
Input Example
ED-LNKTERM::LNKTERM-1:CTAG:::REMOTENODE=172.20.208.226,
REMOTELNKTERMID=25;
Input Parameters
Table 3-63 ED-LNKTERM Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "LNKTERM" section. Indicates a link (provisionable patchcord) termination on the local node
|
REMOTENODE
|
The node where the other end of the provisionable patchcord resides. This can be an IP address or a valid TID. Defaults to the IP address of the local node/existing value. String
|
REMOTELNKTERMID
|
The corresponding provisionable patchcord termination on the remote node (as specified by the REMOTENODE parameter). Integer value within the range of 1 to 65535. Defaults to existing value
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.61 ED-NE-GEN
Edit Network Element General
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command edits the node attributes of the NE.
Notes:
1.
Only the IPADDR, IPMASK, DEFRTR, IIOP PORT and node name can be modified with this command.
2.
The node name can be a maximum of 20 characters. If the entered name exceeds 20 characters, an IPNV (Node Name Too Long) error message is returned.
3.
An existing NTP timing source can be removed by setting the address to 0.0.0.0.
Caution 
Changing the IPADDR, IPMASK, or IIOP Port will cause a reset of the TCC2/TCC2P.
Note
ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are disabled in this command. ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are used to show the Ethernet interface address and mask. Both default to the nodes' IP address and masks.
Category
System
Security
Superuser
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-MSG-SECU
ED-DAT
ED-NE-PATH
ED-NE-SYNCN
|
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
INIT-SYS
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
|
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ED-NE-GEN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,][IPADDR=<IPADDR>,]
[IPMASK=<IPMASK>,][DEFRTR=<DEFRTR>,][IIOPPORT=<IIOPPORT>,][NTP=<NTP>,]
[ETHIPADDR=<ETHIPADDR>,][ETHIPMASK=<ETHIPMASK>];
Input Example
ED-NE-GEN:CISCO::123:::NAME=NODENAME,IPADDR=192.168.100.52,
IPMASK=255.255.255.0,DEFRTR=192.168.100.1,IIOPPORT=57790,
NTP=192.168.100.52,ETHIPADDR=172.20.208.225,ETHIPMASK=255.255.255.0;
Input Parameters
Table 3-64 ED-NE-GEN Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
NAME
|
Node name. String
|
IPADDR
|
Node IP address. String
|
IPMASK
|
Node IP mask. String
|
DEFRTR
|
Node default router. String
|
IIOPPORT
|
Node IIOP port. Integer
|
NTP
|
Node NTP timing origin address. String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.62 ED-NE-PATH
Edit Network Element Paths
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15310-CL
This command edits the path attributes of the NE.
Category
System
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-MSG-SECU
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN
|
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
INIT-SYS
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
|
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-TOD
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ED-NE-PATH:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[:::PDIP=<PDIP>];
Input Example
ED-NE-PATH:::CTAG:::PDIP=Y;
Input Parameters
Table 3-65 ED-NE-PATH Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
PDIP
|
Flag used to indicate whether PDI-P should be generated on the outgoing VT structured STSs
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.63 ED-NE-SYNCN
Edit Network Element Synchronization
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command edits the synchronization attributes of the NE.
Notes:
1.
Although mixed mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended. See the "Mixed Mode Timing Support" section for more information.
2.
The existing external and line modes have the same functionality in all ONS 15454 4.x and 5.x releases:
External mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.
Line mode: the node derives its timing from the SONET line(s).
Mixed mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS input or SONET lines.
Category
Synchronization
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-ALL
ALW-MSG-DBCHG
ALW-MSG-SECU
ED-BITS
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-PATH
ED-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL
INH-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-SECU
|
INIT-SYS
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS
REPT EVT SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-BITS
RTRV-COND-BITS
|
RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-NE-PATH
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-SYNCN
RTRV-TOD
SET-TOD
|
Input Format
ED-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[TMMD=<TMMD>,][SSMGEN=<SSMGEN>,]
[QRES=<QRES>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>];
Input Example
ED-NE-SYNCN:CISCO::123:::TMMD=LINE,SSMGEN=GEN1,QRES=ABOVE-PRS,
RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0;
Input Parameters
Table 3-66 ED-NE-SYNCN Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
TMMD
|
Timing mode. A null value is equivalent to ALL
|
| |
Parameter type is TIMING_MODE—timing mode for the current node
|
• EXTERNAL
|
The node derives its clock from the BITS input
|
• LINE
|
The node derives it's clock from the SONET lines
|
• MIXED
|
The node derives it's clock from the mixed timing mode
|
SSMGEN
|
Synchronization status message set. A null value is equivalent to ALL
|
| |
Parameter type is SYNC_GENERATION—synchronization status message set generation
|
• GEN1
|
First generation SSM set
|
• GEN2
|
Second generation SSM set
|
QRES
|
Quality of the RES. A null value is equivalent to ALL
|
| |
Parameter type is SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL—network synchronization quality level
|
• ABOVE-PRS
|
Better than primary reference source. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set
|
• ABOVE-SMC
|
Between SMC and ST3. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set
|
• ABOVE-ST2
|
Between ST2 and STU. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set
|
• ABOVE-ST3
|
For Generation-1 SSM set, between ST3 and ST2. For Generation-2 SSM set, between ST3 and ST3E
|
• ABOVE-ST3E
|
Between ST3E and TNC. Valid setting only for Generation-2 SSM set
|
• ABOVE-ST4
|
Between ST4 and ST3. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set
|
• ABOVE-STU
|
Between STU and PRS. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. This is Default Setting
|
• ABOVE-TNC
|
Between TNC and ST2. Valid setting only for Generation-2 SSM set
|
• BELOW-ST4
|
Below ST4 but still usable. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set
|
• SAME-AS-DUS
|
Disable the RES message by equating it to DUS. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set
|
RVRTV
|
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. A null value is equivalent to ALL
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
RVTM
|
Revertive time. A null value is equivalent to ALL
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.64 ED-OCH
Edit Optical Channel (OCH)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OCH facility.
See the "Provisioning Rules for Transponder and Muxponder Cards" section for specific card provisioning rules.
Note
Primary=OOS and secondary=AINS states do not apply to Ethernet mode.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-OMS
ED-OTS
ED-TRC-OCH
|
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-FFP-OCH
|
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-TRC-OCH
|
Input Format
ED-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RDIRN=<RDIRN>,][EXPWLEN=<EXPWLEN>,]
[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>,][VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>,][CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>,]
[CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>,][NAME=<PORTNAME>,][SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,]
[COMM=<COMM>,][GCCRATE=<GCCRATE>,][OSDBER=<OSDBER>,][DWRAP=<DWRAP>,]
[FEC=<FEC>,][PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>,][MACADDR=<MACADDR>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,][OSPF=<OSPF>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-OCH:CISCO:CHAN-6-2:114:::RDIRN=W-E,EXPWLEN=1530.32,VOAATTN=2.5,
VOAPWR=7.5,CALOPWR=0,CHPOWER=2.0,NAME="NYLINE",SFBER=1E-5,SDBER=1E-6,
COMM=DCC,GCCRATE=192K,OSDBER=1E-6,DWRAP=Y,FEC=STD,PAYLOADMAP=ASYNCH,MACADDR=00-0E-AA-BB-CC-DD,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=Y,SOAK=10,OSPF=Y,
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-67 ED-OCH Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section
|
RDIRN
|
Ring directionality of the optical line
|
| |
Parameter type is RDIRN_MODE—the optical ring directionality
|
• E-W
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise)
|
• W-E
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise)
|
EXPWLEN
|
Optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following cards: optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor cards and OADM cards
|
| |
Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN—optical wavelength
|
• 1530.33
|
Wavelength 1
|
• 1531.12
|
Wavelength 2
|
• 1531.90
|
Wavelength 3
|
• 1532.68
|
Wavelength 4
|
• 1534.25
|
Wavelength 5
|
• 1535.04
|
Wavelength 6
|
• 1535.82
|
Wavelength 7
|
• 1536.61
|
Wavelength 8
|
• 1538.19
|
Wavelength 9
|
• 1538.98
|
Wavelength 10
|
• 1539.77
|
Wavelength 11
|
• 1540.56
|
Wavelength 12
|
• 1542.14
|
Wavelength 13
|
• 1542.94
|
Wavelength 14
|
• 1543.73
|
Wavelength 15
|
• 1544.53
|
Wavelength 16
|
• 1546.12
|
Wavelength 17
|
• 1546.92
|
Wavelength 18
|
• 1547.72
|
Wavelength 19
|
• 1548.51
|
Wavelength 20
|
• 1550.12
|
Wavelength 21
|
• 1550.92
|
Wavelength 22
|
• 1551.72
|
Wavelength 23
|
• 1552.52
|
Wavelength 24
|
• 1554.13
|
Wavelength 25
|
• 1554.94
|
Wavelength 26
|
• 1555.75
|
Wavelength 27
|
• 1556.55
|
Wavelength 28
|
• 1558.17
|
Wavelength 29
|
• 1558.98
|
Wavelength 30
|
• 1559.79
|
Wavelength 31
|
• 1560.61
|
Wavelength 32
|
• USE-TWL1
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1
|
VOAATTN
|
The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA. It is expressed in dBm. For the following cards: optical service channel, optical amplifier, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor and OADM, the range is 0.0 to +30.0. Not supported for TXP or MXP cards. Float
|
VOAPWR
|
The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Applicable only to the following cards: optical service channel, optical amplifier, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor and OADM. Float
|
CALOPWR
|
The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Applicable only to the following cards: optical service channel, optical amplifier, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor and OADM. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float
|
CHPOWER
|
The value of per channel optical power expected to the OCH drop port of an AD-4C unit. CHPOWER is a float expressed in dBm
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
PORTNAME
|
Port name. String
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure threshold for the SONET payload. Can only be provisioned on the working port
|
| |
Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path
|
• 1E-3
|
SFBER is 1E-3
|
• 1E-4
|
SFBER is 1E-4
|
• 1E-5
|
SFBER is 1E-5
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade threshold for the SONET payload. Can only be provisioned on the working port
|
| |
Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path
|
• 1E-5
|
SDBER is 1E-5
|
• 1E-6
|
SDBER is 1E-6
|
• 1E-7
|
SDBER is 1E-7
|
• 1E-8
|
SDBER is 1E-8
|
• 1E-9
|
SDBER is 1E-9
|
COMM
|
The GCC or DCC is enabled or disabled. The GCC can be enabled only if the digital wrapper has been enabled for the card. The default is NONE. Rules for an MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G client port are; only the DCC can be provisioned, if the termination mode is not transparent and the payload is SONET. On an MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G DWDM port, the DCC can be enabled only if the G.709 is not enabled and if the payload is SONET and the termination mode is not transparent. On an MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G DWDM port, the GCC can be enabled if there is no DCC and the G.709 flag is enabled. On a TXP/MXP DWDM port, the DCC/GCC can be disabled only if there are no provisionable patchcord terminations provisioned on the trunk port
|
| |
Parameter type is COMM_TYPE—out of band communications channel termination type
|
• DCC
|
Section DCC type
|
• GCC
|
Generic communication channel (OTN) type
|
• NONE
|
Disable DCC or GCC if enabled
|
GCCRATE
|
The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G cards this applies only to the DWDM port.
Note The 576K option is not supported for this release (R5.0)
|
| |
Parameter type is GCCRATE—the data rate of the GCC traffic
|
• 192K
|
192 kbps
|
• 576K
|
576 kbps
|
DWRAP
|
The G.709 digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port.
To enable G.709:
• there should be no GCC on the DWDM port
• the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED
To disable G.709:
• there should be no GCC on the DWDM port
• the FEC should be turned to off
• there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port
• none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y cable protection group (muxponder only)
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
FEC
|
Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if the G.709 is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FE enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON
|
| |
Parameter type is FEC_MODE—specifies the type of forward error correction
|
• ENH
|
Enhanced FEC is enabled
|
• OFF
|
FEC is disabled
|
• STD
|
Standard FEC is enabled
|
PAYLOADMAP
|
The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if the G.709 is turned ON and FEC is enabled
|
| |
Parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING—payload mapping mode
|
• ASYNCH
|
Asynchronous mapping mode
|
• ODU
|
ODU multiplex structure mode
|
• SYNCH
|
Synchronous mapping mode
|
MACADDR
|
MAC address for the 10GigE payload. String
|
SYNCMSG
|
The facility be enabled to provide the synchronization clock. This does not apply to the TXPD-10G card. This applies to an MXPD-10G card, only if the payload is SONET/SDH and the card termination mode is as follows: TRANSPARENT - All Client ports are available for all timing selections. All Trunk ports are not available. LINE - All ports are available for all-timing selections
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
SENDDUS
|
The facility sends out a Do not Use for Sync message. This does not apply to the TXPD-10G card. This applies to an MXPD-10G card, only if the payload is SONET/SDH and the card termination mode is as follows: TRANSPARENT- All Client ports are available for all timing selections. All Trunk ports are not available. LINE - All ports are available for all-timing selections
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer
|
OSPF
|
Open shortest path first
|
| |
Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• N
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
• Y
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol
|
CMDMDE
|
Command mode
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.65 ED-OMS
Edit Optical Multiplex Section (OMS)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OMS facility.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-OCH
ED-OTS
ED-TRC-OCH
|
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-FFP-OCH
|
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-TRC-OCH
|
Input Format
ED-OMS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RDIRN=<RDIRN>,][EXPBAND=<EXPBAND>,]
[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>,][VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>,][CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>,]
[CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>,][NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1:114:::RDIRN=W-E,EXPBAND=1530.32-1532.68,
VOAATTN=2.5,VOAPWR=7.5,CALOPWR=0.0,CHPOWER=2.0,NAME="OMSPORT",
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-68 ED-OMS Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "BAND" section
|
RDIRN
|
Ring directionality of the optical line
|
| |
Parameter type is RDIRN_MODE—the optical ring directionality
|
• E-W
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise)
|
• W-E
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise)
|
EXPBAND
|
The expected value of band for this port
|
| |
Parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND—optical band
|
• 1530.33 to 1532.68
|
Band 1
|
• 1534.25 to 1536.61
|
Band 2
|
• 1538.19 to 1540.56
|
Band 3
|
• 1542.14 to 1544.53
|
Band 4
|
• 1546.12 to 1548.51
|
Band 5
|
• 1550.12 to 1552.52
|
Band 6
|
• 1554.13 to 1556.55
|
Band 7
|
• 1558.17 to 1560.61
|
Band 8
|
• USE-DEFAULT
|
This band is not yet configured/retrieved from unit
|
VOAATTN
|
The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. Float
|
VOAPWR
|
The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Float
|
CALOPWR
|
The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float
|
CHPOWER
|
The value of per channel optical power. Float expressed in dBm
|
| |
Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time
|
• 0.5 to 12.0
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes
|
NAME
|
Port name. String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command mode
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.66 ED-OSC
Edit Optical Service Channel (OSC)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the OSC (optical service channel) group attributes.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
DLT-LNKTERM
DLT-OSC
DLT-WLEN
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-LNKTERM
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OTS
ED-SLV-WDMANS
ED-TRC-OCH
|
ED-WDMANS
ED-WLEN
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ENT-LNKTERM
ENT-OSC
ENT-WLEN
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
OPR-SLV-WDMANS
OPR-WDMANS
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
|
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-LNKTERM
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OSC
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
RTRV-TRC-OCH
RTRV-WDMANS
RTRV-WLEN
|
Input Format
ED-OSC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>,][NODEID=<NODEID>];
Input Example
ED-OSC:PENNGROVE:OSC-1:114:::RINGID=1,NODEID=10;
Input Parameters
Table 3-69 ED-OSC Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "OSC" section
|
RINGID
|
The OSC ring ID of the NE up to six characters. Valid characters are A-Z and 0-9. String. Default value is "# of AID OSC-#". Integer
|
NODEID
|
The OSC node ID of the NE. NODEID ranges from 0 to 31. Integer
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.67 ED-OTS
Edit Optical Transport Section (OTS)
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTS facility.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-TRC-OCH
|
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
RTRV-FFP-OCH
|
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-TRC-OCH
|
Input Format
ED-OTS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RDIRN=<RDIRN>,][VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>,]
[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>,][OFFSET=<OFFSET>,][CALTILT=<CALTILT>,][OSRI=<OSRI>,]
[AMPLMODE=<AMPLMODE>,][CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>,][EXPGAIN=<EXPGAIN>,]
[NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-OTS:PENNGROVE:LINE-6-1:114:::RDIRN=W-E,VOAATTN=5.0,VOAPWR=10.0,OFFSET=0.0,CALTILT=0.0,OSRI=N,AMPLMODE=GAIN,CHPOWER=10.0,EXPGAIN=-5.0,
NAME="OTS PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-70 ED-OTS Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "LINE" section
|
RDIRN
|
Ring directionality of the optical line
|
| |
Parameter type is RDIRN_MODE—the optical ring directionality
|
• E-W
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise)
|
• W-E
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise)
|
VOAATTN
|
The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. Float
|
VOAPWR
|
The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Float
|
OFFSET
|
The calibration value of the optical power added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float
|
CALTILT
|
The amplifier calibration tilt offset to be added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float. Optional
|
OSRI
|
OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. Optional
|
| |
Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute
|
• N
|
Disable an attribute
|
• Y
|
Enable an attribute
|
AMPLMODE
|
The optical amplification control mode
|
| |
Parameter type is AMPL_MODE—defines amplifier control mode
|
• GAIN
|
The amplifier always maintains a fixed gain
|
• POWER
|
The amplifier maintains the output power to a fixed value
|
CHPOWER
|
The per channel optical power. Float
|
EXPGAIN
|
The gain expected value to be reached from an amplifier when the node is part of a DWDM access network. Float
|
NAME
|
The name of the port. String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command mode
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
In service
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.68 ED-PID
Edit Password
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command allows a user to change his or her own password.
Notes:
1.
Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.
2.
The password will not appear in the TL1 log on the NE.
3.
For the ED-PID command:
ED-PID:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;
the syntax of OLDPID is not checked. The NEWPID is required to follow Telcordia standards (i.e., 10 characters maximum including 1 letter, 1 number, and any one of the following characters: #, %, or +). The OLDPID must match what is in the database.
4.
You must use the ED-USER-SECU command to change the default password (empty) for the CISCO15 superuser.
5.
The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.
Category
Security
Security
Retrieve
Related Commands
ACT-USER
ALW-MSG-SECU
ALW-USER-SECU
CANC
CANC-USER
CANC-USER-SECU
CLR-COND-SECU
|
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-CMD-SECU
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
INH-MSG-SECU
INH-USER-SECU
REPT ALM SECU
|
REPT EVT SECU
REPT EVT SESSION
RTRV-CMD-SECU
RTRV-DFLT-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU
SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT
|
Input Format
ED-PID:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;
Input Example
ED-PID:CISCO:UID:123::OLDPWD,NEWPWD;
Input Parameters
Table 3-71 ED-PID Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
UID
|
User identifier. Up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String
|
OLDPID
|
The user's old password. Up to 10 alphanumeric characters. Passwords are encrypted and will be displayed as asterisks (*). String
|
NEWPID
|
The user's new password. Up to 10 alphanumeric characters. Passwords are encrypted and will be displayed as asterisks (*). String
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.69 ED-POS
Edit Packet Over SONET
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15310-CL
Note
This command is supported for the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 card, and the ONS 15310-CL ML-100T-8 and CE-100T-8 cards.
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command to retrieve them. ED-POS cannot set ENCAP and PST/SST.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FSTE
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>
RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
|
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RMV-<MOD2>
RST-<MOD2>
RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-10GIGE
RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
RTRV-ALS
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-FAC
RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FSTE RTRV-G1000
RTRV-GFP
RTRV-GIGE
RTRV-HDLC
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-POS
RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
RTRV-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
|
Input Format
ED-POS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[ENCAP=<ENCAP>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>];
Input Example
ED-POS:CISCO:VFAC-2-0:123:::ENCAP=HDLC,NAME=NAME,CMDMDE=CMDMDE,
SOAK=32:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
Table 3-72 ED-POS Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section
|
ENCAP
|
Encapsulation
|
| |
Parameter type is ENCAP—frame encapsulation type
|
• GFP_F
|
GFP frame mode
|
• GFP_T
|
GFP transparent mode
|
• HDLC
|
HDLC frame mode
|
• HDLC_LEX
|
HDLC LAN extension frame mode
|
• HDLC_X86
|
HDLC X.86 frame mode
|
NAME
|
Port name. String
|
CMDMDE
|
Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service state
|
| |
Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• FRC D
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied
|
• NORM
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail
|
SOAK
|
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer
|
PST
|
Primary state
|
| |
Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity
|
• IS
|
Inservice
|
• OOS
|
Out of service
|
SST
|
Secondary state
|
| |
Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ
|
• AINS
|
Automatic in service
|
• DSBLD
|
Disabled
|
• LPBK
|
Loopback
|
• MEA
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes
|
• MT
|
Maintenance mode
|
• OOG
|
Out of group
|
• SWDL
|
Software downloading
|
• UAS
|
Unassigned
|
• UEQ
|
Unequipped
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.70 ED-SLV-WDMANS
Edit Span Loss Verification Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454
This command edits the expected span loss verification.
Category
DWDM
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>
DLT-LNKTERM
DLT-OSC
DLT-WLEN
ED-DWDM
ED-FFP-OCH
ED-LNK-<MOD2O>
ED-LNKTERM
ED-OCH
ED-OMS
ED-OSC
ED-OTS
ED-TRC-OCH
|
ED-WDMANS
ED-WLEN
ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>
ENT-LNKTERM
ENT-OSC
ENT-WLEN
OPR-LASER-OTS
OPR-PROTNSW-OCH
OPR-SLV-WDMANS
OPR-WDMANS
RLS-LASER-OTS
RLS-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-DWDM
|
RTRV-FFP-OCH
RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>
RTRV-LNKTERM
RTRV-NE-WDMANS
RTRV-OCH
RTRV-OMS
RTRV-OSC
RTRV-OTS
RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
RTRV-TRC-OCH
RTRV-WDMANS
RTRV-WLEN
|
Input Format
ED-SLV-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>,]
[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP>];
Input Example
ED-SLV-WDMANS:VA454-22:WDMANS-E:116:::HIGHSLVEXP=10.0,LOWSLVEXP=5.0;
Input Parameters
Table 3-73 ED-SLV-WDMANS Input Parameters
Parameter and Values
|
Description
|
AID
|
Access identifier from the "WDMANS" section
|
HIGHSLVEXP
|
The high range value of the expected span loss verification. Float
|
LOWSLVEXP
|
The low range value of the expected span loss verification. Float
|
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.71 ED-SYNCN
Edit Synchronization
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15600, 15310-CL
This command edits the synchronization reference list used to determine the sources for the NE's reference clock and the BITS output clock. For each clock, up to three synchronization sources may be specified (e.g., PRIMARY, SECOND, THIRD).To view or edit the system timing mode, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN or ED-NE-SYNCN commands.
Note
To retrieve/set the timing mode, SSM message Set or Quality of RES information, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN and ED-NE-SYNCN commands.
Category
Synchronization
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
ED-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN
|
REPT EVT BITS
REPT EVT SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
|
RTRV-BITS
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-SYNCN
|
Input Format
ED-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PRI=<PRI>,][SEC=<SEC>,][THIRD=<THIRD>][:];
Input Example
ED-SYNCN:BOYES:SYNC-NE:112:::PRI=INTERNAL,SEC=INTERNAL,THIRD=INTERNAL;
Input Parameters
Errors
Errors are listed in Table 6-1
3.2.72 ED-T1
Edit Digital Signal Facility
Usage Guidelines
Cisco ONS 15454, 15327, 15310-CL
This command edits the attributes related to a DS1/T1 port.
Notes:
1.
The T1 facilities on the ONS 15327 and 15310-CL are on the XTC/15310-CL-CTX card.
2.
This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.
3.
If sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute(s), and the port having the cross-connection, the (Parameters Not compatible) error message will be returned.
4.
Editing TACC via an ED-xxx command is only allowed when there is no circuit/cross-connection on this port and the port/VT does not have a test access point (TAP or TACC number). Otherwise, an error message (e.g. VT in Use) will be returned.
5.
TACC creation will also be denied on the protect ports/cards.
Category
Ports
Security
Provisioning
Related Commands
DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-ALS
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FSTE
ED-G1000
ED-GFP
ED-HDLC
ED-POS
ED-T3
ED-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ED-TRC-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
OPR-ALS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>
OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
|